Circulatory monitoring systems and methods

ABSTRACT

Systems and methods are described for obtaining and acting upon information indicative of circulatory health and related phenomena in human beings or other subjects. Some involve implementing or deploying therapeutic administration systems, for example, for obtaining a priori implant information and signaling a decision whether to initiate implant-site-targeting treatment partly based on the a priori implant information and partly based on one or more other clot-indicative determinants; or obtaining a flow-change-indicative measurement and signaling a decision whether to administer one or more clot-reducing agents at least partly based on the flow-change-indicative measurement; or obtaining one or more indications of a lytic material in a vicinity of one or more body lumens and accelerating a decrease in a local concentration of the lytic material in the vicinity of the one or more body lumens by causing one or more elements to extract at least a portion of the lytic material in the vicinity of the one or more body lumens in response to the one or more indications of the lytic material in the vicinity of the one or more body lumens; or one or more capture components configured to accelerate a decrease in a local concentration of one or more therapeutic structures along a downstream portion of a vasculature and one or more dispensation components configured to release the one or more therapeutic structures into an upstream portion of the vasculature.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

The present application is related to and claims the benefit of theearliest available effective filing date(s) from the following listedapplication(s) (the “Related Applications”) (e.g., claims earliestavailable priority dates for other than provisional patent applicationsor claims benefits under 35 USC § 119(e) for provisional patentapplications, for any and all parent, grandparent, great-grandparent,etc. applications of the Related Application(s)).

Related Applications

For purposes of the USPTO extra-statutory requirements, the presentapplication constitutes a continuation-in-part of U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 12/004,107, entitled TREATMENT INDICATIONS INFORMEDBY A PRIORI IMPLANT INFORMATION, naming Bran Ferren, Roderick A. Hyde,Muriel Y. Ishikawa, Eric C. Leuthardt, Dennis J. Rivet, Lowell L. Wood,Jr. and Victoria Y. H. Wood as inventors, filed Dec. 18, 2007, which iscurrently co-pending, or is an application of which a currentlyco-pending application is entitled to the benefit of the filing date.

The United States Patent Office (USPTO) has published a notice to theeffect that the USPTO's computer programs require that patent applicantsreference both a serial number and indicate whether an application is acontinuation or continuation-in-part. Stephen G. Kunin, Benefit ofPrior-Filed Application, USPTO Official Gazette Mar. 18, 2003, availableat http://www.uspto.gov/web/offices/com/sol/og/2003/week11/patbene.htm.The present Applicant Entity (hereinafter “Applicant”) has providedabove a specific reference to the application(s)from which priority isbeing claimed as recited by statute. Applicant understands that thestatute is unambiguous in its specific reference language and does notrequire either a serial number or any characterization, such as“continuation” or “continuation-in-part,” for claiming priority to U.S.patent applications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Applicantunderstands that the USPTO's computer programs have certain data entryrequirements, and hence Applicant is designating the present applicationas a continuation-in-part of its parent applications as set forth above,but expressly points out that such designations are not to be construedin any way as any type of commentary and/or admission as to whether ornot the present application contains any new matter in addition to thematter of its parent application(s).

All subject matter of the Related Applications and of any and allparent, grandparent, great-grandparent, etc. applications of the RelatedApplications is incorporated herein by reference to the extent suchsubject matter is not inconsistent herewith.

SUMMARY

In one aspect, a method includes but is not limited to obtaining localcirculatory information relating to a leg of a subject and signaling adecision whether to transmit a notification in response to one or morecomparisons between filtering information specific to the subject andthe local circulatory information relating to the leg of the subject. Inaddition to the foregoing, other method aspects are described in theclaims, drawings, and text forming a part of the present disclosure.

In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are notlimited to circuitry and/or programming for effecting the hereinreferenced method aspects; the circuitry and/or programming can bevirtually any combination of hardware, software, and/or firmwareconfigured to effect the herein referenced method aspects depending uponthe design choices of the system designer.

In one aspect, a system includes but is not limited to circuitry forobtaining local circulatory information relating to a leg of a subjectand circuitry for signaling a decision whether to transmit anotification in response to one or more comparisons between filteringinformation specific to the subject and the local circulatoryinformation relating to the leg of the subject. In addition to theforegoing, other system aspects are described in the claims, drawings,and text forming a part of the present disclosure.

In one aspect, a method includes but is not limited to obtaining localrespiratory-status-indicative information about a first body part of asubject and causing one or more comparisons between the localrespiratory-status-indicative information about the first body part ofthe subject and filtering information at least partly based on thesubject. In addition to the foregoing, other method aspects aredescribed in the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of thepresent disclosure.

In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are notlimited to circuitry and/or programming for effecting the hereinreferenced method aspects; the circuitry and/or programming can bevirtually any combination of hardware, software, and/or firmwareconfigured to effect the herein referenced method aspects depending uponthe design choices of the system designer.

In one aspect, a system includes but is not limited to circuitry forobtaining local respiratory-status-indicative information about a firstbody part of a subject and circuitry for causing one or more comparisonsbetween the local respiratory-status-indicative information about thefirst body part of the subject and filtering information at least partlybased on the subject. In addition to the foregoing, other system aspectsare described in the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of thepresent disclosure.

In one aspect, a method includes but is not limited to obtaining localthermal information about a peripheral part of a body of a subject andsignaling a decision whether to transmit a notification in response toone or more comparisons between filtering information specific to anattribute of the subject and the local thermal information about theperipheral part of the body of the subject. In addition to theforegoing, other method aspects are described in the claims, drawings,and text forming a part of the present disclosure.

In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are notlimited to circuitry and/or programming for effecting the hereinreferenced method aspects; the circuitry and/or programming can bevirtually any combination of hardware, software, and/or firmwareconfigured to effect the herein referenced method aspects depending uponthe design choices of the system designer.

In one aspect, a system includes but is not limited to circuitry forobtaining local thermal information about a peripheral part of a body ofa subject and circuitry for signaling a decision whether to transmit anotification in response to one or more comparisons between filteringinformation specific to an attribute of the subject and the localthermal information about the peripheral part of the body of thesubject. In addition to the foregoing, other system aspects aredescribed in the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of thepresent disclosure.

In one aspect, a method includes but is not limited to obtaininginformation indicating a current thermal condition in a peripheral partof a subject's body and signaling a decision whether to transmit anotification at least partly in response to one or more comparisonsbetween the information indicating the current thermal condition in theperipheral part of the subject's body and information indicating a priorthermal condition in the peripheral part of the subject's body. Inaddition to the foregoing, other method aspects are described in theclaims, drawings, and text forming a part of the present disclosure.

In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are notlimited to circuitry and/or programming for effecting the hereinreferenced method aspects; the circuitry and/or programming can bevirtually any combination of hardware, software, and/or firmwareconfigured to effect the herein referenced method aspects depending uponthe design choices of the system designer.

In one aspect, a system includes but is not limited to circuitry forobtaining information indicating a current thermal condition in aperipheral part of a subject's body and circuitry for signaling adecision whether to transmit a notification at least partly in responseto one or more comparisons between the information indicating thecurrent thermal condition in the peripheral part of the subject's bodyand information indicating a prior thermal condition in the peripheralpart of the subject's body. In addition to the foregoing, other systemaspects are described in the claims, drawings, and text forming a partof the present disclosure.

In one aspect, a method includes but is not limited to detecting aresult of one or more comparisons between information indicating currentlocal stress in a peripheral part of a subject's body and informationindicating prior local stress in the peripheral part of the subject'sbody and signaling a decision whether to transmit a notification inresponse to the result of the one or more comparisons between theinformation indicating the current local stress in the peripheral partof the subject's body and the information indicating the prior localstress in the peripheral part of the subject's body. In addition to theforegoing, other method aspects are described in the claims, drawings,and text forming a part of the present disclosure.

In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are notlimited to circuitry and/or programming for effecting the hereinreferenced method aspects; the circuitry and/or programming can bevirtually any combination of hardware, software, and/or firmwareconfigured to effect the herein referenced method aspects depending uponthe design choices of the system designer.

In one aspect, a system includes but is not limited to circuitry fordetecting a result of one or more comparisons between informationindicating current local stress in a peripheral part of a subject's bodyand information indicating prior local stress in the peripheral part ofthe subject's body and circuitry for signaling a decision whether totransmit a notification in response to the result of the one or morecomparisons between the information indicating the current local stressin the peripheral part of the subject's body and the informationindicating the prior local stress in the peripheral part of thesubject's body. In addition to the foregoing, other system aspects aredescribed in the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of thepresent disclosure.

In one aspect, a method includes but is not limited to causing anartificial support to modify a force upon a first external portion of asubject's body as a programmatic response tolocally-abnormal-stress-indicative information obtained from a secondexternal portion of the subject's body. In addition to the foregoing,other method aspects are described in the claims, drawings, and textforming a part of the present disclosure.

In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are notlimited to circuitry and/or programming for effecting the hereinreferenced method aspects; the circuitry and/or programming can bevirtually any combination of hardware, software, and/or firmwareconfigured to effect the herein referenced method aspects depending uponthe design choices of the system designer.

In one aspect, a system includes but is not limited to circuitry forcausing an artificial support to modify a force upon a first externalportion of a subject's body as a programmatic response tolocally-abnormal-stress-indicative information obtained from a secondexternal portion of the subject's body. In addition to the foregoing,other system aspects are described in the claims, drawings, and textforming a part of the present disclosure.

In one aspect, a method includes but is not limited to obtaininglocally-abnormal thermal information about a first external portion of asubject's limb and causing an artificial support to exert an increasingforce upon a second external portion of the subject's limb at leastpartly in response to locally-abnormal thermal information about thefirst external portion of the subject's limb. In addition to theforegoing, other method aspects are described in the claims, drawings,and text forming a part of the present disclosure.

In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are notlimited to circuitry and/or programming for effecting the hereinreferenced method aspects; the circuitry and/or programming can bevirtually any combination of hardware, software, and/or firmwareconfigured to effect the herein referenced method aspects depending uponthe design choices of the system designer.

In one aspect, a system includes but is not limited to circuitry forobtaining locally-abnormal thermal information about a first externalportion of a subject's limb and circuitry for causing an artificialsupport to exert an increasing force upon a second external portion ofthe subject's limb at least partly in response to locally-abnormalthermal information about the first external portion of the subject'slimb. In addition to the foregoing, other system aspects are describedin the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of the presentdisclosure.

In one aspect, a method includes but is not limited to obtaining apriori implant information and signaling a decision whether to initiateimplant-site-targeting treatment partly based on the a priori implantinformation and partly based on one or more other clot-indicativedeterminants. In addition to the foregoing, other method aspects aredescribed in the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of thepresent disclosure.

In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are notlimited to circuitry and/or programming for effecting the hereinreferenced method aspects; the circuitry and/or programming can bevirtually any combination of hardware, software, and/or firmwareconfigured to effect the herein referenced method aspects depending uponthe design choices of the system designer.

In one aspect, a system includes but is not limited to circuitry forobtaining a priori implant information and circuitry for signaling adecision whether to initiate implant-site-targeting treatment partlybased on the a priori implant information and partly based on one ormore other clot-indicative determinants. In addition to the foregoing,other system aspects are described in the claims, drawings, and textforming a part of the present disclosure.

In one aspect, a method includes but is not limited to obtaining aflow-change-indicative measurement and signaling a decision whether toadminister one or more clot-reducing agents at least partly based on theflow-change-indicative measurement. In addition to the foregoing, othermethod aspects are described in the claims, drawings, and text forming apart of the present disclosure.

In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are notlimited to circuitry and/or programming for effecting the hereinreferenced method aspects; the circuitry and/or programming can bevirtually any combination of hardware, software, and/or firmwareconfigured to effect the herein referenced method aspects depending uponthe design choices of the system designer.

In one aspect, a system includes but is not limited to circuitry forobtaining a flow-change-indicative measurement and circuitry forsignaling a decision whether to administer one or more clot-reducingagents at least partly based on the flow-change-indicative measurement.In addition to the foregoing, other system aspects are described in theclaims, drawings, and text forming a part of the present disclosure.

In one aspect, a method includes but is not limited to obtaining one ormore indications of a lytic material in a vicinity of one or more bodylumens and accelerating a decrease in a local concentration of the lyticmaterial in the vicinity of the one or more body lumens by causing oneor more elements to extract at least a portion of the lytic material inthe vicinity of the one or more body lumens in response to the one ormore indications of the lytic material in the vicinity of the one ormore body lumens. In addition to the foregoing, other method aspects aredescribed in the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of thepresent disclosure.

In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are notlimited to circuitry and/or programming for effecting the hereinreferenced method aspects; the circuitry and/or programming can bevirtually any combination of hardware, software, and/or firmwareconfigured to effect the herein referenced method aspects depending uponthe design choices of the system designer.

In one aspect, a system includes but is not limited to circuitry forobtaining one or more indications of a lytic material in a vicinity ofone or more body lumens and circuitry for accelerating a decrease in alocal concentration of the lytic material in the vicinity of the one ormore body lumens by causing one or more elements to extract at least aportion of the lytic material in the vicinity of the one or more bodylumens in response to the one or more indications of the lytic materialin the vicinity of the one or more body lumens. In addition to theforegoing, other system aspects are described in the claims, drawings,and text forming a part of the present disclosure.

In one aspect, a method includes but is not limited to causing one ormore evaluations of local respiratory-status-indicative informationabout a first body part of an occupant of a vehicle. In addition to theforegoing, other method aspects are described in the claims, drawings,and text forming a part of the present disclosure.

In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are notlimited to circuitry and/or programming for effecting the hereinreferenced method aspects; the circuitry and/or programming can bevirtually any combination of hardware, software, and/or firmwareconfigured to effect the herein referenced method aspects depending uponthe design choices of the system designer.

In one aspect, a vehicle includes but is not limited to circuitry forcausing one or more evaluations of local respiratory-status-indicativeinformation about a first body part of an occupant and a seat configuredto bear the occupant. In addition to the foregoing, other system aspectsare described in the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of thepresent disclosure.

In addition to the foregoing, various other method and/or system and/orprogram product aspects are set forth and described in the teachingssuch as text (e.g., claims and/or detailed description) and/or drawingsof the present disclosure.

The foregoing is a summary and thus may contain simplifications,generalizations, inclusions, and/or omissions of detail; consequently,those skilled in the art will appreciate that the summary isillustrative only and is NOT intended to be in any way limiting. Otheraspects, features, and advantages of the devices and/or processes and/orother subject matter described herein will become apparent in theteachings set forth herein.

In one or more various aspects, related systems include but are notlimited to circuitry and/or programming for effecting herein-referencedmethod aspects; the circuitry and/or programming can be virtually anycombination of hardware, software, and/or firmware configured to effectthe herein-referenced method aspects depending upon the design choicesof the system designer. In addition to the foregoing, various othermethod and/or system aspects are set forth and described in theteachings such as text (e.g., claims and/or detailed description) and/ordrawings of the present disclosure.

The foregoing summary is illustrative only and is not intended to be inany way limiting. In addition to the illustrative aspects, embodiments,and features described above, further aspects, embodiments, and featureswill become apparent by reference to the drawings and the followingdetailed description.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

FIGS. 1-81 depict exemplary environments in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented.

FIG. 82 depicts a high-level logic flow of an operational process.

FIGS. 83-84 depict variants of the flow of FIG. 82.

FIG. 85 depicts an exemplary environment in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented.

FIG. 86 depicts a high-level logic flow of an operational process.

FIGS. 87-88 depict variants of the flow of FIG. 86.

FIG. 89 depicts an exemplary environment in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented.

FIG. 90 depicts a high-level logic flow of an operational process.

FIGS. 91-92 depict variants of the flow of FIG. 90.

FIG. 93 depicts an exemplary environment in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented.

FIG. 94 depicts a high-level logic flow of an operational process.

FIGS. 95-96 depict variants of the flow of FIG. 94.

FIG. 97 depicts an exemplary environment in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented.

FIGS. 98-99 depict high-level logic flows of operational processes.

FIGS. 100-101 depict variants of the flow of FIG. 98.

FIGS. 102-103 depict variants of the flow of FIG. 99.

FIG. 104 depicts an exemplary environment in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented.

FIG. 105 depicts a high-level logic flow of an operational process.

FIGS. 106-107 depict variants of the flow of FIG. 105.

FIG. 108 depicts an exemplary environment in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented.

FIG. 109 depicts a high-level logic flow of an operational process.

FIGS. 110-111 depict variants of the flow of FIG. 109.

FIG. 112 depicts an exemplary environment in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented.

FIG. 113 depicts a high-level logic flow of an operational process.

FIGS. 114-115 depict variants of the flow of FIG. 113.

FIG. 116 depicts an exemplary environment in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented.

FIG. 117 depicts a high-level logic flow of an operational process.

FIGS. 118-119 depict variants of the flow of FIG. 117.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

In the following detailed description, reference is made to theaccompanying drawings, which form a part hereof. In the drawings,similar symbols typically identify similar components, unless contextdictates otherwise. The illustrative embodiments described in thedetailed description, drawings, and claims are not meant to be limiting.Other embodiments may be utilized, and other changes may be made,without departing from the spirit or scope of the subject matterpresented here.

Those having skill in the art will recognize that the state of the arthas progressed to the point where there is little distinction leftbetween hardware, software, and/or firmware implementations of aspectsof systems; the use of hardware, software, and/or firmware is generally(but not always, in that in certain contexts the choice between hardwareand software can become significant) a design choice representing costvs. efficiency tradeoffs. Those having skill in the art will appreciatethat there are various vehicles by which processes and/or systems and/orother technologies described herein can be effected (e.g., hardware,software, and/or firmware), and that the preferred vehicle will varywith the context in which the processes and/or systems and/or othertechnologies are deployed. For example, if an implementer determinesthat speed and accuracy are paramount, the implementer may opt for amainly hardware and/or firmware vehicle; alternatively, if flexibilityis paramount, the implementer may opt for a mainly softwareimplementation; or, yet again alternatively, the implementer may opt forsome combination of hardware, software, and/or firmware. Hence, thereare several possible vehicles by which the processes and/or devicesand/or other technologies described herein may be effected, none ofwhich is inherently superior to the other in that any vehicle to beutilized is a choice dependent upon the context in which the vehiclewill be deployed and the specific concerns (e.g., speed, flexibility, orpredictability) of the implementer, any of which may vary. Those skilledin the art will recognize that optical aspects of implementations willtypically employ optically-oriented hardware, software, and or firmware.

In some implementations described herein, logic and similarimplementations may include software or other control structuressuitable to operation. Electronic circuitry, for example, may manifestone or more paths of electrical current constructed and arranged toimplement various logic functions as described herein. In someimplementations, one or more media are configured to bear adevice-detectable implementation if such media hold or transmit aspecial-purpose device instruction set operable to perform as describedherein. In some variants, for example, this may manifest as an update orother modification of existing software or firmware, or of gate arraysor other programmable hardware, such as by performing a reception of ora transmission of one or more instructions in relation to one or moreoperations described herein. Alternatively or additionally, in somevariants, an implementation may include special-purpose hardware,software, firmware components, and/or general-purpose componentsexecuting or otherwise invoking special-purpose components.Specifications or other implementations may be transmitted by one ormore instances of tangible transmission media as described herein,optionally by packet transmission or otherwise by passing throughdistributed media at various times.

Alternatively or additionally, implementations may include executing aspecial-purpose instruction sequence or otherwise invoking circuitry forenabling, triggering, coordinating, requesting, or otherwise causing oneor more occurrences of any functional operations described above. Insome variants, operational or other logical descriptions herein may beexpressed directly as source code and compiled or otherwise invoked asan executable instruction sequence. In some contexts, for example, C++or other code sequences can be compiled directly or otherwiseimplemented in high-level descriptor languages (e.g., alogic-synthesizable language, a hardware description language, ahardware design simulation, and/or other such similar mode(s) ofexpression). Alternatively or additionally, some or all of the logicalexpression may be manifested as a Verilog-type hardware description orother circuitry model before physical implementation in hardware,especially for basic operations or timing-critical applications. Thoseskilled in the art will recognize how to obtain, configure, and optimizesuitable transmission or computational elements, material supplies,actuators, or other common structures in light of these teachings.

In a general sense, those skilled in the art will recognize that thevarious embodiments described herein can be implemented, individuallyand/or collectively, by various types of electro-mechanical systemshaving a wide range of electrical components such as hardware, software,firmware, and/or virtually any combination thereof; and a wide range ofcomponents that may impart mechanical force or motion such as rigidbodies, spring or torsional bodies, hydraulics, electro-magneticallyactuated devices, and/or virtually any combination thereof.Consequently, as used herein “electro-mechanical system” includes, butis not limited to, electrical circuitry operably coupled with atransducer (e.g., an actuator, a motor, a piezoelectric crystal, a MicroElectro Mechanical System (MEMS), etc.), electrical circuitry having atleast one discrete electrical circuit, electrical circuitry having atleast one integrated circuit, electrical circuitry having at least oneapplication specific integrated circuit, electrical circuitry forming ageneral purpose computing device configured by a computer program (e.g.,a general purpose computer configured by a computer program which atleast partially carries out processes and/or devices described herein,or a microprocessor configured by a computer program which at leastpartially carries out processes and/or devices described herein),electrical circuitry forming a memory device (e.g., forms of memory(e.g., random access, flash, read only, etc.)), electrical circuitryforming a communications device (e.g., a modem, communications switch,optical-electrical equipment, etc.), and/or any non-electrical analogthereto, such as optical or other analogs. Those skilled in the art willalso appreciate that examples of electro-mechanical systems include butare not limited to a variety of consumer electronics systems, medicaldevices, as well as other systems such as motorized transport systems,factory automation systems, security systems, and/orcommunication/computing systems. Those skilled in the art will recognizethat electro-mechanical as used herein is not necessarily limited to asystem that has both electrical and mechanical actuation except ascontext may dictate otherwise.

In a general sense, those skilled in the art will also recognize thatthe various aspects described herein which can be implemented,individually and/or collectively, by a wide range of hardware, software,firmware, and/or any combination thereof can be viewed as being composedof various types of “electrical circuitry.” Consequently, as used herein“electrical circuitry” includes, but is not limited to, electricalcircuitry having at least one discrete electrical circuit, electricalcircuitry having at least one integrated circuit, electrical circuitryhaving at least one application specific integrated circuit, electricalcircuitry forming a general purpose computing device configured by acomputer program (e.g., a general purpose computer configured by acomputer program which at least partially carries out processes and/ordevices described herein, or a microprocessor configured by a computerprogram which at least partially carries out processes and/or devicesdescribed herein), electrical circuitry forming a memory device (e.g.,forms of memory (e.g., random access, flash, read only, etc.)), and/orelectrical circuitry forming a communications device (e.g., a modem,communications switch, optical-electrical equipment, etc.). Those havingskill in the art will recognize that the subject matter described hereinmay be implemented in an analog or digital fashion or some combinationthereof.

Those skilled in the art will further recognize that at least a portionof the devices and/or processes described herein can be integrated intoan image processing system. A typical image processing system maygenerally include one or more of a system unit housing, a video displaydevice, memory such as volatile or non-volatile memory, processors suchas microprocessors or digital signal processors, computational entitiessuch as operating systems, drivers, applications programs, one or moreinteraction devices (e.g., a touch pad, a touch screen, an antenna,etc.), control systems including feedback loops and control motors(e.g., feedback for sensing lens position and/or velocity; controlmotors for moving/distorting lenses to give desired focuses). An imageprocessing system may be implemented utilizing suitable commerciallyavailable components, such as those typically found in digital stillsystems and/or digital motion systems.

Those skilled in the art will likewise recognize that at least some ofthe devices and/or processes described herein can be integrated into adata processing system. Those having skill in the art will recognizethat a data processing system generally includes one or more of a systemunit housing, a video display device, memory such as volatile ornon-volatile memory, processors such as microprocessors or digitalsignal processors, computational entities such as operating systems,drivers, graphical user interfaces, and applications programs, one ormore interaction devices (e.g., a touch pad, a touch screen, an antenna,etc.), and/or control systems including feedback loops and controlmotors (e.g., feedback for sensing position and/or velocity; controlmotors for moving and/or adjusting components and/or quantities). A dataprocessing system may be implemented utilizing suitable commerciallyavailable components, such as those typically found in datacomputing/communication and/or network computing/communication systems.

With reference now to FIG. 1, shown is a system 100 configured tomonitor at least one detection site 101 comprises several zones 111,112, 113, 114 of a subject's body, any of which may contain an infectionor other physiological abnormality 105. Such anomalies may manifest asphysical phenomena detectable by a comparator 130 applying variousfiltering information 131, 132, 137 to output from one or more sensors126, 127, 128 in a proximity of the detection site(s) 101 as exemplifiedbelow. (In some variants, for example, such features of zone 112 may bedetected by a ranged sensor 127 in other zones 113 or by a portablesensor 126 that enters zone 112.)

Other such detection sites 102 may likewise include several zones 171,172, 173, 174 sometimes accessible to system 100, any of which may bedetectable at various times by one or more sensors 185, 186. In somevariants, also, a clinician or other service provider 190 may be ableinspect a patient's leg or other zone 174 of interest, statusinformation 191 which may be acted upon according to a triage protocolor other such functional information 192 from evaluation logic 150. Insome contexts, service provider 190 may likewise apply statusinformation 191 at site 102, such as by determining whether a symptomhas changed. Functional information 192 may likewise flow to evaluationlogic 150, such as by service provider 190 identifying what treatmentsor other events occurred.

In some variants, module 182 of detection logic 180 may be configured tonotify evaluation logic 150 only in the event of input from one or moresensors 185, 186 at site 102. (A “module” may include special-purposehardware, general-purpose hardware configured with special-purposesoftware, or other circuitry configured to perform one or more functionsrecited in this document.) In various embodiments as described below,one or more modules 141, 142 of protocols may likewise be invoked inresponse to symptoms indicated by such detection logic 180 and/orservice providers 190. In some contexts, for example, one or moreservice providers 190 may orally or otherwise report status information191 to evaluation logic 150 based upon visual or other preliminaryexamination of particular zones 173, 174 of a patient's body.Alternatively or additional, the service provider(s) may perform adiagnostic procedure or other evaluation according to programmatic orother functional information 192 specified by evaluation logic 150(implementing, for example, an expert system).

Module 142 or other such components, for example, may be configured toapply one or more types of filtering information as exemplified below indeciding one or more of (a) whether to warn an individual or otherwisetransmit a notification to an interface; (b) whom to notify; (c) when totransmit a notification; (d) what to include with a notification; (e)whether to adapt detection logic to reduce a frequency of detectionevents or other undesirable notifications, such by configuring inclusioncriteria to be more selective; (f) whether to include one or moremodules of detection logic in an update operation; (g) whether to retainor otherwise act upon one or more data samples; (h) which actuatordrivers, relays, or other hardware control circuitry to activate; (i)whether to trigger one or more emitters or other active elements ofsensors; (j) what conditions indicate an actionable health risk; and/or(k) when and which subjects warrant other such responsive actions. Oneor more instances of responsive protocols 140, recorders 148, or othercomponents of evaluation logic 150 may be provided, in some variants, ata central processing facility that is remote from one or more of site102, detection logic 180, and/or service provider 190.

In some variants, evaluation logic 150 may be configured to rankconditions or otherwise combine data effectively from two or moresubjects, such as by using data from one subject (received via detectionlogic 180 or service provider 190, e.g.) to generate or update filteringinformation 132, 137 to be applied to data from another subject (at site101, e.g.). Other such embodiments are described, for example, withreference to FIGS. 2, 3, 8, 25, and 74 below.

In some variants, two or more sensors 126, 127, 128 may (optionally)implement a sensor array, an assay, or other such combinations of two ormore sensor types and/or testing modes configured to detect a potentialcombination of aspects indicative and confirmatory of a circulatoryproblem or other pathology of particular concern. Other such embodimentsare described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 3, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12,19, 22-28, 32, 52, 74, and 76 below.

With reference now to FIG. 2, shown is a system 200 in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented, a sedan comprising wheels 201, anengine 202, and one or more modules 210, 215 configured to provide oneor more types of information 221 from controls or information 222, 223,224 from within or around one or more seats 211 or other locationsinside the vehicle. System 200 may further include or otherwise interactwith one or more modules 251, 252 of evaluation logic 250, one or moremodules 261, 262 of responsive logic 260, and/or one or more modules272, 273 of decision logic 275 operable for transmitting or otherwiseselectively acting upon such information 271 as described below. In somevariants, for example, one or more clocks 276 or antennas 278 mayfacilitate selective notifications, aggregations, evaluations, or otherprogrammatic responses as described herein. Alternatively oradditionally, one or more stationary instances of circuitry 280 maycommunicate with system 200, for example, via antenna 278.

An embodiment provides a vehicle having one or more modules 251, 252 ofevaluation logic 250 configured as circuitry for causing one or moreevaluations of local respiratory-status-indicative information 222, 223,224 about a driver's or other occupant's weight-bearing body parts.Other such embodiments may, for example, include features described withreference to each of FIGS. 3-16 and 22-33. Such systems may include orotherwise interact with a steering wheel or other such utility deviceconfigured to be handled by an occupant. Alternatively or additionally,such embodiments may include one or more engines 202 operable forconveying one or more seats 211—such as by applying a torque (via one ormore axles, e.g.) to wheels 201.

In some embodiments, “respiratory” status may refer generally to oxygensaturation within a blood vessel segment, pH indications indicating adegree of regional exertion or elevation, a presence or absence ofhypercapnea, or other such detectable conditions directly or indirectlyreflecting discernable cellular respiration. In some embodiments,information “about a body part” may refer to a flow that enters orleaves the body part, a current position or other variable attribute ofthe body part, eye color or other such body part categories, injuries orother such historical data, tumors or their attributes, or other suchinformation relating to vital organs or other such sub-structures withinan individual or demographic grouping. In some embodiments, a conduit orother circuitry may be “invoked” by initiating a reboot or other suchhardware function, by calling a procedure or other such identifiableobjects, or otherwise by transmitting a pulse or other signal featureconfigured to trigger an execution of special-purpose functionality.

With reference now to FIG. 3, shown is a system 300 in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented. System 300 may be positioned centrallyor local to subjects 310, 320, for example, and/or configured to invokeone or more interfaces 330 or other response logic 335 in response toone or more indications 311, 312, 313, 314, 321 from sensors 317, 326,327 in, on, or near extremities 328 or other body parts of interest.This can occur, for example, in a context in which hosiery 318,clothing, or one or more utility devices 325 within a detection range ofsensors 317, 326, 327 implements or otherwise interacts with system 300.In some embodiments, such sensors may be implanted in a body tissue ofinterest or in a structure with which subjects 310, 320 may interact.Alternatively or additionally, some such sensors may be worn asclothing, a support, a patch, a bandage, a watch, or some other articlein the subjects' vicinity. Such articles may (optionally) include one ormore instances of storage or transmission media 340 configured to bearone or more percentages 343 or other indications 341, 342, 344 such ascontent 345; information 346; decisions 347; or notifications 348containing content 349, for example, in any of the flows described belowin relation to FIGS. 82-119.

With reference now to FIG. 4, shown is a system 400 in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented. System 400 comprises a support 420configured to contact or otherwise remain adjacent one or more externalportions 403, 404, 405 of body 410 in such a way as to permit adetection of surface roughness, discoloration, or other detectableanomalies 409. As shown, support 420 includes one or more components413, 414, 415 that each include one or more sensors 423, 424, 425respectively adjacent external portions of interest. In some variants,one or more modules 491, 492 of controller 490 are configured to receiveone or more sensor inputs 433, 434, 435, for example, and (optionally)to invoke a therapeutic dispensation as an optional feature of any ofthe flows described below in relation to FIGS. 82-119, such as by a drugdispenser or other suitable component(s) 413, 414, 415.

An embodiment provides a variant of module 491 configured as circuitryfor deciding whether to transmit measurement content or other blood clotindications and one or more components 413, 414, 415 each coated with anultrasound gel or other such medium to facilitate acoustic energypassing from a subject body 410 to respective sensors 423, 424, 425.(Other such embodiments are described, for example, with reference toFIGS. 23-27 below.)

With reference now to FIG. 5, shown is a system 500 in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented comprising one or more notificationmodules 510 operably coupled with one or more interfaces 580 in anetwork 590. Notification module 510 may handle or otherwise include oneor more decisions 531, 532 of various types 533, destinations 535,display elements 536, or channels 550 operable for transmitting one ormore notifications 541, 542 such as content 544, optionally via one ormore radio-frequency or other antennas 549. Such antennas may be used inan implanted or other portable article, for example, as describedthroughout this document.

In some variants, such notification logic may be configured to providetimely information or advice to one or more individuals in a subject'svicinity. Other such embodiments are described, for example, withreference to FIGS. 2, 3, 6, 8, and 29. Alternatively or additionally,one or more such network components may include media configured fordisplay: flat screen displays, image-projecting devices, touch screens,or other such display media. Other such embodiments are described, forexample, with reference to FIGS. 8, 11, 14, 22, 29, and 30.

With reference now to FIG. 6, shown is a wheelchair 600, a system inwhich one or more technologies may be implemented. Wheelchair 600includes a seat 610 having one or more signal paths 631, 632, 633, 634operably coupled with one or more monitoring apparatuses 660, such asfor detecting weight or local phenomena. Monitoring apparatus 660 may,for example, comprise one or more modules 641, 642, 643 of detectionlogic 640, modules 651, 652 of responsive logic 650, antennas 654, orother circuitry for generating or using detection results 655 asdescribed herein.

An embodiment provides a wheelchair or other vehicle comprising one ormodules 642 of detection logic 640 configured as circuitry for causingone or more evaluations of incoming signals (arriving along selectedpaths 631, 632, 633, 634, for example) indicating a status of anoccupant's seat, back, feet, or other force-bearing body parts that maysuffer local (cellular) respiratory problems for long periods. Suchembodiments may be used, for example, in a context in which an occupantis cognitively or otherwise unable to respond to such problems. In somevariants, seat 610 may include or otherwise support elastic or othertensile elements configured to urge sensors 617 toward a sittingsubject. Other such vehicles configured to monitor a health status ofone or more occupants are described, for example, with reference toFIGS. 2 and 8. In some embodiments, “health status” indicative data canreflect a physiological trend or other time-dependent phenomenonindicating some aspect of a subject's condition. Alternatively oradditionally, a health status indicative data set can include portionsthat have no bearing upon a given subject's health. Although some typesof distillations can require authority or substantial expertise (e.g.making a final decision upon a risky procedure or other course oftreatment), many other types of distillations can readily be implementedwithout undue experimentation in light of teachings herein.

With reference now to FIG. 7, shown is system 700 in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented, including one or more actuator arrays705 operable for responding to controller 775. Array 705 comprisesseveral actuators 701. A first actuator 701 comprises at least twoactuator elements 711, 712 each operable to move cell 710 (such as bymotor 715) relative to structure 765 selectively in response tocontroller 775. One or more actuator elements 722 are likewise operableto move cell 720 relative to structure 765 and/or cell 740, also inresponse to controller 775. One or more actuator elements 741, 742, 743are likewise operable to move cell 740 relative to structure 765 inresponse to controller 775. (In some contexts, for example, one or morepumps or valves 746, 747 may be configured to permit a fluid to enterand/or leave actuator element 743 to control its expansion andcontraction, for example.) One or more actuator elements 752, 753 arelikewise operable to move cell 750 relative to structure 765 in responseto controller 775. Controller 775 may thus effectuate local positionand/or tension control a selective invocation of such actuators.Controller 775 may comprise one or more instances of configurationmodules 777, support control logic 780, or profile data 790 comprisingoperating parameters 791, 792, 793, 794, 795 or other aspects of one ormore profiles 796. In some variants, implementing or using such controllogic may include configuring a seat or other mechanical support. Othersuch embodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 2,3, 6, 12, 89, and 97-99. In some variants, moreover, one or more modules781, 782, 783, 784 may be configured to control one or more such cells730 comprising, for example, a selectable heating or liquid dispensationelement. Any of the local modules described throughout this document may(optionally) include one or more of such an array 705, structure 765, orcontroller 775 for tissue manipulation, examples of which are describedbelow in relation to the flows of FIGS. 82-119.

With reference now to FIG. 8, shown is a system 800 in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented, an airplane comprising wheels 801,engines 802, and a cabin 810 configured to include one or moreinterfaces 890 configured to receive output 845 from an instance ofmonitoring apparatus 870. Each monitoring apparatus 870 may beconfigured to receive one or more sensed indications 821, 822, 823, 824from respective seats 811, 812, 813, 814 in which passengers may suffercirculatory or other actionable health risks. Each monitoring apparatus870 may likewise include one or more instances of conduits 844,recorders 848, modules 881 of detection logic 880, or modules 841, 842of other responsive logic 840 as described below. In some variants, forexample, an interface 895 may be configured to display an output 845selectively in a vicinity of a seat 814 that has generated one or moreindications 824 of a circulatory obstruction or other such actionablehealth risk. Alternatively or additionally, prolonged or other moreserious indications 824 (an apparent stroke, for example, or a sleepingpassenger with a large clot forming) may be configured to activate abeacon, alarm, or other interface 890 more readily visible and/oraudible from a front portion of cabin 810 or from other passengers'seats 812, 813 nearby. A variety of local sensors described in thisdocument are suitable for use in a context like that of system 800,especially those described with reference to FIGS. 23-26.

An embodiment provides an airplane or other vehicle comprising one orcomparators 882 or other modules 881 of detection logic 880 configuredas circuitry for causing one or more evaluations of incoming indications821, 822, 823, 824 from seats occupied by respective occupants. Suchembodiments may likewise include a cabin 810 or other such enclosureconfigured to shelter the occupant(s). Alternatively or additionally,such embodiments may include one or more engines 802 operable forconveying one or more seats 811, 812, 813, 814—such as by causing aforce to be applied at least to a fuselage or other structure supportingthe seat(s). In some variants, an embodiment may further include anauditory or other interface configured to handle user information;software or other modules configured as circuitry for comparing localrespiratory-status-indicative information with filtering informationselected in response to one or more attributes of occupant(s).

In some variants, such one or more modules 841 of responsive logic 840may be configured to provide timely information or advice to others whomay be near an at-risk vehicle occupant. Other such embodiments aredescribed above, for example, with reference to FIGS. 3, 5, and 6.

With reference now to FIG. 9, shown is a tonometer 925 or otherinstrument 900 configured to facilitate one or more sensors 902 beingpositioned adjacent a subject's skin 910. One or more sensor elements905 may relay or otherwise facilitate a transmission of images 931,signals 932, 933, or other data 935 to a primary module 920. Then orlater, one or more modules 943 of evaluation logic 950 may apply one ormore thresholds 941 or other criteria 942 to such data as describedbelow.

With reference now to FIG. 10, shown is a system 1000 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented comprising two or more actuators1021, 1022 each configured to support corresponding sensors 1001, 1002on or near respective portions 1011, 1012 of a subject's skin 1010. Invarious configurations, primary module 1060 may include one or moremodules 1051, 1052 of configuration logic 1050; one or more profiles1071, 1072 or other parameters 1075, 1076 of control data 1079; and/orresponsive logic 1095. As exemplified below, one or more modules 1091,1092, 1093 of responsive logic 1095 may trigger configuration logic 1050to update one or more signals 1031, 1032 configured to controlrespective actuator sets in response to one or more thresholds 1086,1087 or other criteria being applied to data 1081, 1082, 1083 and/orsignals 1033, 1034 received from sensors 1001, 1002. In a variant inwhich such signals 1033, 1034 signify a local force minimum in portion1012, configuration logic 1032 may (optionally) be configured toenergize actuator 1022, for example, to maintain a nominal contact forcewith skin 1010.

In some variants, one or more actuators or other circuitry may beconfigured to include or receive data indirectly from one or more sensorarrays and other combinations of sensor elements. Other such embodimentsare described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 1-9, 12, 22-28, 52,74, and 76.

With reference now to FIG. 11, shown is a system 1100 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented. One or more actuators 1120 eachcomprise a plurality of elements 1121, 1122 configured to respond to oneor more signals 1131, 1132 by exerting a controlled force uponrespective portions 1111, 1112 of skin 1110. An assembly of one or moreactuators 1120 may likewise provide one or more signals 1125 to primarymodule 1190. Primary module 1190 may include one or more instances ofdevice-executable command sequences 1157 or other modules 1151, 1152,1153, 1154, 1155, 1156; sensor-derived data 1161, 1162, 1163 and/orvector grids 1165 or other profiles 1167 of data 1170 suitable for useby control logic 1160; one or more modules 1181, 1182, 1183 ofprocessing logic 1180 configured to handle the data 1170 and otheraspects of incoming signals 1125; and/or one or more interfaces 1185configured to facilitate downloads, operational updates, or other suchexternal interactions as described herein. In some variants,implementing or using such control logic may include configuring a seator other mechanical support. Other such embodiments are described, forexample, with reference to FIG. 6, 7, 12, or 89.

With reference now to FIG. 12, shown is a system 1200 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented for use with a custom cast, afitted stocking, or other such special-purpose apparatus 1205 configuredto support a subject's limb as described herein. An array 1221 ofsensors, actuators, and/or other such devices may be configured tointeract with a portion 1201 of the subject's limb and/or to handlecontrol and/or sensed information 1211. At least one other array 1222 ofdevices may likewise be configured to interact with one or morerespective portions 1202 of the subject's limb and/or to handlerespective information 1212 passing to and/or from system module 1230.System module 1230 may include one or more components supported byapparatus 1205, on a nearby utility device, in other (optionallycentralized) facilities, or distributed across a plurality of suchlocations. System module 1230 may include one or more media bearingvarious types of sensed information 1241, 1242, 1243 or other data 1244,1245, 1246, 1247, 1248, 1250 as described herein. Other such data and/orthermal information 1251 may be provided roughly contemporaneously as(current) status-indicative information 1260, in some variants, or mayindicate timing 1252 associated therewith, such as in a series ofperiodic measurements reflecting a health status trend in thestatus-indicative information 1260. System module 1230 may likewiseinclude one or more instances of modules 1271, 1272, 1273 of detectionlogic 1275, control logic 1280, notification logic 1290, recordingdevices 1295, or other such components as described herein.

In some variants, such detection logic may be implemented in hosiery,wristbands, bandages, or other such worn articles. Other suchembodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 2, 3,17, 20, 25, and 29. In some variants, such embodiments may incorporateone or more existing technologies like those of the “BT2” wristwatchdesign, described at www.exmocare.com and in the Information DisclosureStatement filed herewith.

With reference now to FIG. 13, shown is a system 1300 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented, a server 1305 configured tocommunicate with one or more sources 1375, 1385, 1395 in a each ofplurality of networks 1370, 1380, 1390. One or more such servers 1305may include instances of detection modules 1310; modules 1325 of (data)extraction logic 1320; remote-resource invocation modules 1330; devices1340; or modules 1351, 1352 of decision logic 1350. In some variants, aninstrument or other device 1340 as described herein may handle variousdata 1343, 1344; identifiers 1345; indications 1346; or otherinformation 1341, 1342 as described herein for generating and/orresponding to evaluation requests or other such remote invocations.

With reference now to FIG. 14, shown is a system in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented, a vehicle 1470 or other primary module1400 configured to display or otherwise transmit output 1485 and/or tointeract with one or more storage devices 1492 in network 1490. Primarymodule 1400 may include or otherwise handle one or more instances ofdecision logic 1460; notices 1471, 1472; transmitters 1473; localdevices 1474; or interfaces 1475 as described herein. Decision logic1460 may include one or more instances of detection modules 1411;invocation modules 1412; comparators 1431, 1432, 1433 or otherprocessing modules 1430; or other modules 1441, 1442 configured toperform or otherwise generate decisions upon images or other data 1451,1452, 1453 or other such information 1455, 1456, 1457; measurements1458; or other such determinant data 1459. Primary module 1400 mayarchive such decisions or other data remotely upon one or more suchstorage devices 1492, in some implementations as described herein,and/or may retrieve pathological models, thresholds, or other suchprogrammatic information remotely from one or more such storage devices1492.

With reference now to FIG. 15, shown is a system 1500 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented for relaying or otherwise notifyingone or more destinations 1591, 1592 (in a network 1590 of careproviders, e.g.) of one or more results 1521, 1522, 1523, authorizations1538, or other substantive communications 1539. In some variants, forexample, one or more modules 1531, 1532, 1533, 1534, 1535 of evaluationlogic 1530 may generate or select content 1581, 1582 and/or destinations1583, 1584, 1585 of such communications 1539 or other notifications 1580in response to temporal indications 1541, 1542 or other such data 1551,1552, 1553. In some variants, for example, such evaluation logic maygenerate or otherwise facilitate such communications or othernotifications 1580 by applying one or more thresholds 1561, 1562;criteria 1571, 1572, 1573; or other filtering data 1570 as describedherein to symptom-indicative or other subject status data as describedherein.

With reference now to FIG. 16, shown is a system in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented, for example, on an implantable chip orother apparatus suitable for long-term operation in a close vicinity ofa subject. A primary module 1600 may comprise one or more instances ofresponse modules 1620; processing modules 1650, 1680; antennas 1688,linking modules 1690, or other components suitable for bearing signals1693; or other media 1695 configured to hold or otherwise bear images1697 or other attributes 1699 of potential relevance to a subject'sstatus. Response module 1620 may include one or more instances of termrecognition modules 1625 or other modules 1621, 1622 operable forhandling one or more parameters 1624. Processing modules 1650, 1680 maybe configured to apply one or more thresholds 1651, 1652, 1653, 1654,for example, and/or to hold one or more readings 1681, 1682 in aregistry 1685.

In some variants, one or more such media may be configured to containimages or otherwise handle shape-indicative data. Other such embodimentsare described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 9, 35, 52, 74, 75,77, and 79.

With reference now to FIG. 17, shown is a context in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented, for example, for using a system 1700 toexamine tissue 1725 in one or more limbs 1721, 1722 of a subject 1720.System 1700 comprises one or more transducers 1767 supported on ahand-held instrument 1760 operably coupled to an external module asshown herein via a continuous signal-bearing conduit 1765. In somevariants, such examination may be facilitated by one or more sensors1733 in or on such tissue, optionally comprising an implant 1730 and/orresponse logic 1735 configured to process or otherwise respond to senseddata therefrom even before becoming operable to forward any indicationof the data to transducer 1767.

With reference now to FIG. 18, shown is a system 1800 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented that include one or moreinstruments 1850 configured to position one or more sensors 1851subcutaneously within tissue 1875 of body part 1871, for example.Variant configurations of commercially-available probes or other suchinstruments may be used to implant one or more sensors 1851, dispensers,or other such modules through skin 1876 of subject 1870 via one or moreprobes 1855, for example, adjacent or extending into vessel 1879. Suchconfigurations may (optionally) be configured, for example, to detectone or more attributes of and/or administer one or more treatments viablood 1873. Laparoscopic and thoracoscopic systems suitable foraccessing a vasculature are in common use, for example, and readilyadapted to implement various configurations described herein withoutundue experimentation.

With reference now to FIG. 19, shown is a system 1900 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented, such as for one or more body parts1920 of subject 1910 to interact with interface logic 1970 via one ormore hand-held instruments 1960. As shown, body part 1920 contains oneor more vessels 1929 bearing blood 1923 into or out of organ 1927. Oneor more chips or other implants 1940 may be positioned under thesubject's skin 1926 in tissue 1925 adjacent vessel 1929, and optionallyextending into the vessel(s). Implant 1940 may (optionally) include oneor more sensors 1942 as described below and/or one or more antennas 1943operable for receiving and/or transmitting data along wireless data path1945 as shown. Interface logic 1970 may include one or more instances ofdetectors 1980 and/or transducers 1990 such as ultrasound sensors 1981or infrared sensors 1982. Alternatively or additionally, detector 1980may include special-purpose software 1974 or other such measurementlogic 1975 configured to handle configuration, control, measurement, orother data 1978, 1979 as described below.

With reference now to FIG. 20, shown is a system 2000 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented, such as for observing one or moreattributes of body parts 2071, 2072 of subject 2070 via one or morerespective adhesive patches 2031, 2032 on the subject's skin 2006.Adhesive patch 2032, for example, holds an array 2025 of sensor elements2021, 2022 in close contact with skin 2006 so that attributes ofsubcutaneous tissues 2005, vessels 2009, or blood 2003 or other suchmaterials may be observed. In some contexts, for example, such an array2025 may implement combinations of two or more types of sensors and/orrelated logic as exemplified in relation to FIGS. 23-26 below. In somevariants, for example, one or more such elements 2021, 2022 may alsoinclude a configurable colorant, a light-emitting diode, or other suchexternal feature detectable by a clinician 2010 and/or by an instrument2050 that contains a camera 2056 or other optical sensor.

An embodiment provides one or more elements 2022 configured as circuitryfor deciding whether to transmit one or more blood clot indications(detected with reference, for example, to one or more components sensedwithin blood 2003 by element 2021) and an adhesive patch 2032 comprisingone or more tensile elements configured to hold such elements 2021, 2022of array 2025 in tight contact with skin 2006. (Other such embodimentsare described, for example, with reference to FIG. 3 or 27.) Suchembodiments may be used, for example, in a context in which each contactelement 2021, 2022 comprises a gel-filled capsule or otherwise includesa liquid-containing medium configured to facilitate acoustic energypassing to or from subject 2070.

In some variants, system components described herein may be configuredto include adhesive, fluid, electrically conductive, and/or otherspecial-purpose substances facilitating effective skin contact. Othersuch embodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 21and 32. Alternatively or additionally, system components describedherein may be configured to facilitate positioning one or more sensorsin contact with or in close proximity to a subject's skin. Other suchembodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 9-11.

With reference now to FIG. 21, shown is a system 2100 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented, such as for detecting one or moreattributes of blood 2103 in vessels 2109, for example, or skin 2106 orother tissues 2105 in body part 2171. A hand-held or other probe 2140may include one or more sensors 2141 or other such elements 2142operable for detecting such attributes through one or moreliquid-containing contact enhancement materials 2149. Such materials mayfacilitate energy transfer through skin 2106, in some variants, orvarious modes of chemical detection as described herein.

With reference now to FIG. 22, shown is a network 2215 operable forfacilitating communications among one or more interfaces 2210 (of aclinician 2205, e.g.), one or more servers 2220, or one or more localsystems 2240 (via one or more media 2225, e.g.). (In some embodimentsdescribed herein, sensors 2268 or other such artificial structures are“local” if they are configured to extend into a detection proximity 2277of one or more parts 2271, 2272 of a subject 2270 of interest.) Asshown, local system 2240 may likewise include one or more instances ofdecision logic 2250; results 2251, 2252; communication ports 2255, 2256;or interfaces 2260. Decision logic 2250 may include one or moreinstances of notifications 2241, 2242, instruction sequences 2243 orother modules 2244, 2245, or other parameters 2247, 2248, 2249 asdescribed below. Interface 2260 may relay auditory instructions or othersuch data for use by subject 2270 via one or more speakers 2267 or otheroutput devices. Alternatively or additionally, interface 2260 mayreceive measurements or other indications 2261, 2262, 2263, 2264 as wellas other determinant data 2265 from and/or relating to subject 2270. Insome variants, local system 2240 may be configured to facilitate suchinterchanges with subject 2270 even when only a remote clinician 2205 isavailable and/or without any contemporaneous involvement with suchremote expertise. In some variants described herein, for example,another local system or other intermediary system within network 2215may decide which notifications 2201, 2202 are suitable in response to aprogrammatic interaction protocol (with a subject 2270 and/or otherindividuals, for example, undergoing a triage or other intake) or othersuch determinant data 2265.

In some embodiments, instructions or other software “relating to” datacan include executable code that belongs to a class relating to a classof the data (e.g. “video processing” code relating to “video” data, or“text” data relating to code in a messaging device or other texthandling module). The code, data, or class can have a type with a commonaspect (e.g. “video” in the type name) or can be related by a tableentry (e.g. indicating the code or code type to be used for the data ordata type). Code can also relate to data by virtue of a code module callor other invocation containing at least an indication of the data.

In some variants, such local systems may be configured to notify orotherwise interact with care providers or other resources across aforeign or other communication network. Other such embodiments aredescribed, for example, with reference to FIGS. 5, 13, 14, 15, 29, 35,52, 74, 75, and 78.

With reference now to FIG. 23, shown is a local module 2320 in which oneor more sensor technologies may be implemented, such as for monitoring adevice or region, or other such tasks as described herein. In someembodiments as described herein, such modules may include one or moremicrowave frequency sensors 2321, optionally configured to generate anindication of moisture or related symptoms in or on a subject's body.Alternatively or additionally, local module 2320 may include one or morefluorescence sensors 2322, optionally configured to generate anindication of one or more artificial markers in or on specific tissue.(In many contexts, for example, such markers may be used for monitoringtargeted physiological constituents and/or pathogens.) Such modules maylikewise include one or more impedance sensors 2323, optionallyconfigured to generate subject respiration rate indications, to detectfractures or other changes in electrode contact surfaces or other suchartificial structures, or to detect other such circumstances relating toa subject of interest. Alternatively or additionally, local module 2320may include one or more conductivity sensors 2324, optionally configuredto monitor sweat, apparent urinary incontinence, or other such externalcircumstances and/or (internally) to monitor blood flow, electrolytelevels, or other such internal conditions. Such modules may likewiseinclude one or more electric field sensors 2325 in some variants asdescribed herein, optionally comprising (a) an implanted sensorconfigured to monitor nerve traffic, (b) an implanted or contact sensorconfigured to transmit electrocardiogram signals, brain activityindications, or other such status information about a subject.Alternatively or additionally, local module 2320 may include one or morecarbon dioxide sensors 2331 or other respiration sensors 2332,optionally comprising a sensor implanted adjacent a target site andconfigured to monitor one or more indications of concentration, forexample, to detect apparent occlusions of a blood vessel near the site.Such modules may likewise include one or more instances of eventdetection logic 2333, pathogen detection logic 2334, or other conditiondetection logic 2335 such as for comparing raw output from sensors asdescribed herein with prior or other sensor output, with thresholdvalues to determine an apparent occurrence of an event, or with othercondition attributes as described herein for triggering notification ortherapy. In some embodiments, several or all of such items may beincluded in a single instance of local module 2320.

In some variants, such local modules may be configured to illuminate,exert force upon, or otherwise pass energy into a subject skin. Othersuch embodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 11& 24.

With reference now to FIG. 24, shown is a local module 2450 in which oneor more sensor technologies may be implemented, such as for monitoring adevice or region, or other such tasks as described herein. In someembodiments as described herein, such modules may include one or moreaccelerometers 2461, supported in a fixed relation to a target area,optionally configured to generate an indication of the activity, motion,and/or orientation of the subject and/or region. Alternatively oradditionally, local module 2450 may include one or more radioactivitysensors 2462, optionally configured internally or externally to generatean indication of one or more artificial markers in or on specifictissue. (In many contexts, for example, such markers may be indicativeof levels of administered therapeutic components, rates of adsorption orelimination of components, exposure levels to external radioactivematerials, or other pathological or other biological processes.) Suchmodules may likewise include one or more radio frequency sensors 2463,optionally configured to facilitate communication to, from, or betweenimplanted or external devices, and/or to detect lung- or other suchorgan-status-indicative information in circumstances in which couplingvia a continuous conduit may be undesirable. In some variants, localmodule 2450 may contain one or more metabolic sensors 2464, optionallyconfigured as an implanted device or an external component configured tomonitor the subject or region (ex situ or otherwise) and to generate anindication of uptake, breakdown, elimination, and/or other suchmetabolic processes relating, for example, to therapeutic materials asdescribed herein. In some contexts, for example, such a metabolic sensormay be configured to indicate a generation and/or elimination of othercomponents resulting from the breakdown of therapeutic components, theuse or generation of physiological constituents resulting from glucosetransforming into carbon dioxide or other such metabolic processes. Suchmodules may likewise contain one or more physiological constituentsensors 2465, optionally comprising an implanted or other sensorconfigured to generate an indication of physiological constituent levelsobserved in a subject or subject region. This may include items such aschemical components (e.g. calcium, sodium, cholesterol, pH), proteinsand protein complexes (e.g. hemoglobin, insulin, binding proteins,antibodies) and/or structures (e.g. red and/or white blood cells,bacteria, viruses, platelets).

Alternatively or additionally, local module 2450 may likewise (optional)include one or more flow sensors 2471, which may be configured togenerate an indication of fluid flow in or across a region of interest.(In many contexts, for example, such phenomena as blood flow through avein or artery, urine flow through a urethra, bile flow through a bileduct, or other fluid flow from one region to another may be monitored.)Alternatively or additionally, local module 2450 may include one or moremotion sensors 2472, optionally configured internally, externally,and/or remotely to give an indication of the motion and/or activity of adevice or a portion of a subject. Such modules may likewise include oneor more emission sensors 2473, optionally configured to internally orexternally give an indication of subject or region status such as usingemitted infrared wavelength and intensity levels as an indication ofsubject or region temperature. Other emission processes may be used tomonitor artificial markers in or on tissue, for example, for monitoringspecific tissue features, processes, constituents, and/or pathogens.Alternatively or additionally, local module 2450 may include one or moregas pressure sensors 2474 configured to monitor ambient pressure levels,applied pressure levels (in hyperbaric chambers, continuous positiveairway pressure machines, respirators, or other such artificial devices)and/or pressure levels observed in a gas-filled support structure. (Insome variants, pressure may likewise be indicated by a variety ofindirect measures such as blood vessel thickness, pulse energy,position, noise, or other physical phenomena correlated therewith.)Local module 2450 may likewise include one or more position sensors 2481configured to monitor subject and/or region orientation. Alternativelyor additionally, local module 2450 may include one or more fluidpressure sensors 2482, optionally configured to transmit or otherwiserespond to physiological fluid pressure (aneurysm sac pressure orcranial pressure, e.g.) or external fluid pressure (as an indication ofdelivery amount and/or proper function in a therapeutic delivery system,for example, or in a fluid-filled support structure as describedherein). Such modules may likewise contain one or more fluid volumesensors 2483, optionally configured to give an indication of fluidvolumes within a subject or region such as blood volume in a heartchamber, artery, or lung (as a measure of disease progression or risk,e.g.). Alternatively or additionally, local module 2450 may include oneor more force sensors 2484, optionally configured (a) to generate apressure reading or other indication of force applied to a region (as ameasure of tissue rigidity, e.g.) or (b) to indicate glaucoma,compartmental syndromes, abnormal structures, or other such potentialpathologies. Such sensors may also be used as an indication of the forceapplied by a subject and/or region on a support structure to monitorsubject activity levels and/or to give an indication of susceptibilityto force/pressure related injuries such as pressure ulcers. Such modulesmay likewise contain one or more sonic sensors 2495, optionallyconfigured to enable communication to, from, and/or between implanteddevices, for the recognition of sonic patterns such as heart rate,respiration rates, voice commands and other verbal input (via one ormore sonic pattern sensors 2491, e.g.) or of a subject's potentialexposure to external stimuli (via one or more sonic volume sensors 2492,e.g.). In some embodiments, several or all of such items may be includedin a single instance of local module 2450.

With reference now to FIG. 25, shown is a local module 2510 in which oneor more sensor technologies may be implemented, such as for monitoring adevice or region. In some embodiments, such modules may (optionally)include one or more temperature sensors 2512, optionally configured togive an indication of ambient thermal conditions around a subject and/orsystemic or local thermal conditions of the subject. (In someembodiments, “systemic” information may refer generally to currentmeasurements, body temperature or other such status information, orother data reflecting one or more attributes of a subject as a whole.“Local” information, by contrast, may describe measurements, images, orother such data conventionally pertaining to an identifiable portion ofa subject's body.)

Such modules may be implemented using one or more thermocouple sensors2531, for example, in implanted and/or direct contact devices. Thermalprobes may likewise be implemented as optical sensors that areimplanted, direct contact, and/or remotely operable. Alternatively oradditionally, local module 2510 may include one or more blood pressuresensors 2513, optionally configured to give an indication of peripheraland/or systemic blood pressure of a subject. Such modules may beconfigured to incorporate one or more fluid pressure sensors 2482 orconductivity sensors 2324 in some implanted contexts. Alternatively oradditionally, one or more force sensors 2484 and/or ultrasound sensors2541 (of ultrasound scanner 2540, e.g.) may be configured in atransdermal mode, for example, to generate information indicative ofblood pressure. Local module 2510 may likewise include one or more nearinfrared sensors 2522 and/or infrared sensors 2523 sensors, optionallyconfigured to determine local oxygenation levels or other such chemicaland/or material properties of body tissues or fluids as describedherein. Such sensors can likewise be configured as transmittance sensors2521, for example, receiving radiation that has passed through a subjectfingertip or earlobe, or in other such short-path contexts such that theopacity of a tissue region allows for sufficient incident radiation topass through it to form a usable image. Alternatively or additionally,local module 2510 may comprise one or more reflectance sensors 2511configured to emit energy into tissue and to capture a portion of theenergy reflected.

In some variants, local module 2510 may contain one or more activitysensors 2532, weight sensors 2533 and/or tissue pressure sensors 2536,optionally configured to give an indication of subject activity, motion,or other information indicative of systemic or local physical status.Such modules may likewise include one or more magnetic field sensors2547, optionally configured to allow for the control and/or inhibitionof implanted devices transdermally. Alternatively or additionally, localmodule 2510 may include mass-indicative or other electrochemical sensors2548, any of which may (optionally) be configured to give an indicationof physiological constituent levels such as by incorporatingion-selective electrodes 2551 (of ion sensor 2550, e.g.) or otherconcentration-indicative sensors 2560 for the monitoring of potassium,sodium, calcium, and/or other physiologically relevant components (at pHsensor 2561 or other concentration-indicative sensors 2560, e.g.). Insome variants, electrochemical sensors 2548 can be used in a faradaicmode to monitor levels of other relevant physiological components suchas blood glucose levels, neurotransmitter release, blood oxygen levels,or other useful components either in an implanted setting and/or acontact setting (in which the sensor is inserted through the skin to thedetection site, for example, or the target molecules can be isolatedfrom the subject and detected externally. Such modules can also use oneor more electrochemical sensors 2548 and/or optical sensors 2525(including fluorescence sensors 2322, emission sensors 2473,near-infrared sensors 2522, or infrared sensors 2523) individually or incombination to provide information for the monitoring of a drugsubstance administered to the subject (such as drug sensor 2562, e.g.).Local module 2510 may also implement one or more timestamps 2544,location coordinates 2545, or other such indices 2546 relating tomeasurements or other aspects of subject status information. In someembodiments, several or all of such items may be included in a singleinstance of local module 2510.

With reference now to FIG. 26, shown is a local module 2690 in which oneor more technologies may be implemented, optionally within a sensor,sensor-containing module, or other local instrumentation. Any of localmodules 2320, 2450, 2510 may (optionally) include one or more instancesof differential or other comparators 2670 configured to process one ormore instances of real-time data 2681, historical data 2682,force-indicative data 2683, pathology-indicative data 2684, measurementdata 2685 using one or more standards 2671, thresholds 2672, or otherinput 2673. Those skilled in the art will recognize, for example, how toapply one or more thresholds 2672 configured to implement conditionalretention, conditional transmission, or other such selective treatmentto pressure-indicative, shear-indicative, strain-indicative,stress-indicative, deformation-indicative, acceleration-indicative, orother such force-indicative data 2683 in light of teachings herein.

With reference now to FIG. 27, shown is a system 2700 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented for periodically or otherwisemonitoring skin 2774 or subcutaneous tissue 2775 of a subject 2780 viaone or more sensor elements 2760. One or more such modules may be remainadjacent tissue 2775, for example, by hand, by gravity, by one or moremedia 2740, and/or by one or more straps or other tensile elements 2750as described herein. In some variants, for example, one or more suchmedia 2740 may contain a gel 2741, a bioadhesive, a liquid 2742, atherapeutic material, a polymer 2743, a carrier, or other suchcomponents as described herein. Alternatively or additionally, element2760 may include one or more instances of dispensers 2762 configured toinject such media so that they spread into direct contact with one ormore sensors 2765. Alternatively or additionally, one or more suchsensors 2765 may transmit energy indicating one or more physicalphenomena in tissue 2775 to one or more elements 2721, 2722, software,indications 2725, or modules 2726, 2727, 2728, 2729 of decision logic2730 as described below.

An embodiment provides a variant of decision logic 2730 configured ascircuitry for deciding whether to transmit one or more blood clotindications 2725, for example, and a liquid-containing medium 2740configured at least to facilitate acoustic energy passing betweensubject 2780 and one or more sensors 2765 of the decision logic 2730. Insome embodiments, data may be captured from a direct or indirectinteraction between a device and a user that also involves other usersor devices. Such devices may relay information passively between theuser and the device, for example, or may constitute additionalembodiments of teachings herein. In some embodiments, anintercommunication “between” a device and a user can include a sessionat a network terminal, retrieving messages, receiving tactile feedbackfrom actuating an electromechanical device, having a telephoneconversation, or other electrical, optical, auditory, or otherinformation flowing from a source to a destination, with someinformation also flowing to the source. Alternatively or additionally,the intercommunication can include a “forward” and “reverse” flow thatinclude common information, that are causally related, that flow along acommon conduit, or that are at least partly simultaneous. In someembodiments, the “device” can include a memory, a display, a transducer,or some other data handling capability. Other such embodiments aredescribed, for example, with reference to FIG. 4 or 23-26 above.

Some implementations include one or more polymers 2743 or other liquids2742 configured to adhese at least some of the decision logic 2730 incontact with or otherwise within a close proximity to subject 2780. Suchsensors may (optionally) include a conductivity sensor and/or othersensors, as well as (a variant of) condition detection logic 2335configured to infer a presence of the liquid-containing medium inresponse to a low-enough electrical resistance measurement. In somevariants, each instance of element 2760 may implement one or moreinstances of local modules 2320, 2450, 2510, 2690 as described herein.Such embodiments may further comprise one or more dispensers 2762configured to dispense a supplemental amount of the liquid containingmedium and/or a therapeutic material.

A variant embodiment provides special-purpose software 2723 or otherdecision logic 2730 implementing circuitry for deciding whether totransmit one or more blood clot indications and one or more elastomericor other tensile elements configured to exert force upon one or moresensors 2765 of the decision logic 2730 toward subject 2780. (Other suchembodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIG. 6 or 20.)Such embodiments may be used, for example, in a vehicle or other contextin which one or more lengths of a woven fiber or other seat material areunder tension. In some variants, such tension may be measured, forexample, by a force sensor of the tensile elements (optionallyconfigured, for example, like sensor 2770). In some variants, decisionlogic 2730 may include an executable instruction sequence or othermodules 2728 configured to capture and/or evaluate one or moreultrasound images indicative of the one or more blood clot indications.Alternatively or additionally, decision logic 2730 may include animplantable antenna 1943, a vehicle antenna 278, or other such wirelesscommunication conduits configured to transmit information from one ormore sensors 2765. In some variants, decision logic 2730 may alsoinclude or otherwise receive data from one or more flow sensors 2471,one or more respiration sensors 2332 or other concentration-indicativesensors 2560, or other sensors or related logic described above withreference to FIGS. 23-26.

In some variants, such decision logic may be implemented in wornarticles. Other such embodiments are described, for example, withreference to FIGS. 12, 17, 25, 29, and 32. In some variants, localmodules or other sensor-containing components may (optionally) beconfigured to include one or media 2740 and/or other special-purposesubstances facilitating effective skin contact. Other such embodimentsare described above, for example, with reference to FIGS. 21-26.

With reference now to FIG. 28, shown is an example of a system that mayserve as a context for introducing one or more processes and/or devicesdescribed herein. As shown system 2800 may affect or otherwise relate toone or more sections 2840 or other “upstream” portions 2846 of a humanor other living subject's vasculature 2896 (receiving inflow 2801) andalso to one or more “downstream” portions 2876 of such vasculatures 2896(bearing outflow 2899). One or more sections 2840, 2860 as shown maycomprise one or more of capillary beds, tissues served by vasculature2896, or other blood vessels.

In some variants, one or more intravascular or other modules 2850 may(optionally) include one or more instances of receivers 2825,transmitters 2826, or other interface logic 2820 such as forcommunicating (in one or both directions) with one or more sensors 2810operable for monitoring upstream portion 2846. Module 2850 may likewiseinclude one or more instances pumps 2827 or other hardware controlled bydispensing logic 2830 for selectively releasing one or more (biological,radiotherapy, or other) agents 2841 or other therapeutic structures 2842into upstream portion 2846. Such module(s) 2850 may also be configured,in some contexts, by including one or more software or other modules2833 of dispensing logic 2830 comprising one or more instances of portcontrols 2831, (dispensing or other therapeutic) regimens 2832, ormessages 2834 as described below.

As shown, system 2800 may comprise one or more modules 2850 upstreamoperable for communicating (in one or both directions) with one or moreintravascular or other modules 2890 downstream, optionally in anintegral and/or implanted structure as shown. Alternatively oradditionally, module 2890 may include one or more instances of captureagents 2867, 2868 or other therapeutic agents 2869; receivers 2878;sensors 2879; capture logic 2880 operable for controlling one or moreactuators 2881, such as for optically or otherwise controlling thecapture agent(s); pumps 2887; or disposals 2888, 2889. As shown, forexample, disposal 2889 may include one or more ports 2882 operable foraccelerating a decrease in a local concentration of the agent(s) 2841 orother therapeutic structure(s) 2842 along portion 2876 (downstream fromdispensation 2897, as shown) by allowing the structure(s) to pass intoone or more conduits 2886 traversing one or more vessel walls 2883,2884. One or more vessels 2885 configured to receive the structure(s)may include, in some embodiments, an esophagus or other natural vessels,implanted artificial vessels, or ex situ vessels.

With reference now to FIG. 29, shown is an example of a system 2900 thatmay serve as a context for introducing one or more processes and/ordevices described herein, optionally configured to interact with network2995. As shown system includes one or more modules 2972, 2973, 2974,2977, 2978 of decision logic 2975, 2976; one or more transmitters 2980;and/or one or more parameters 2984, 2985 of stimula 2981 selected tofacilitate one or more sensors 2982 obtaining sensed values 2986, 2987or other such test data 2989 about an individual or subpopulation to bemonitored. System 2900 may also include or otherwise interact with oneor more instances of instruments 2930 configured to obtain data fromsubject(s) 2920, user interfaces 2952 configured to interact withdecision makers or expert resources, or handheld devices 2961 or othersuch interfaces 2962 for relaying input 2965 to or from other suchparties.

One or more instruments 2930 in a vicinity of subject 2920 may include,for example, one or more instances of identifiers 2923 or other data2921, 2922 about subject 2920 obtained via one or more interfaces 2926and/or sensors 2927. User interface 2952 may likewise present visual orother output 2953 and/or receive keyed or other input 2954. Responselogic 2970 as an entity may receive and/or transmit a variety ofcommunication 2935 or other data 2955 for or from network 2995, in somecontexts, as exemplified below. In various examples below, for example,one or more such subjects, caregivers, or others are potential messageor other notification recipients. Some such entities have a prioriinformation associating a subject identifier or other indicator withcurrent communications 2935 or other data as described below.

Some variants of decision logic 2975, 2976 may be configured to combinedata effectively from two or more subjects, for example, to facilitatecomparison at one or more user interfaces or servers. Other suchembodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 2, 3,13, 22, 25, 26, and 74.

With reference now to FIG. 30, shown is an example of an interface 3000that may serve as a context for introducing one or more processes and/ordevices described herein. Interface 3000 comprises one or more media3040 configured to contain or otherwise handle one or more tables 3010or other such informational structures 3020; notifications 3051, 3052;modules 3061, 3062, 3063, 3064, 3065 or other processing logic 3070;indications 3081, 3082 or measurements 3085; and/or other such data3090. Table 3010 may include one or more instances of decisions 3004,indications 3005, or other such information in each of one or morecommon records 3011, 3012, 3013. In a context in which structure 3020includes one or more subjects' medical histories, study data, or othersuch content, a search agent or other such entity may use one or moreindicators 3021, 3022, 3023, 3024 or other criteria 3025 to retrievesuitable information. One or more identifiers 3034 and/or other suchcriteria 3035 may be used in a search term 3030, for example, in avariety of bots, web crawlers, search engines, or other suchimplementations.

With reference now to FIG. 31, shown is an example of a network or othersystem 3100 comprising one or more primary modules 3180 operativelylinked to one or more remote modules 3190. Remote module 3190 mayinclude or otherwise handle one or more indications 3181, 3182, 3183,3184, 3185, data filters 3189, or comparators 3198 of evaluation logic3197. Primary module 3180 may comprise a vehicle or other such item 3150configured to include or otherwise handle invocation logic 3140comprising one or more modules 3141, 3142, 3143 responsive to timing3111, 3121 or other indications 3115, 3125 of records 3110, 3120;measurements 3131, 3132; results 3136, 3137; and/or hybrid or otherindications 3130. Primary module 3180 may likewise apply one or morevalues 3155 as data filters 3151, 3152, or may apply one or more othervalues 3161, 3165; thresholds 3167; or other such filtering information3170 for determining whether one or more parameters 3168 warrant aresponse as described herein.

With reference now to FIG. 32, shown is an example of a system 3200including a filtering modules 3210 configured to process determinantdata 3240 about one or more body parts 3271, 3272 of subject 3270. Suchdata may be received, for example, via one or more sensors 3284 of oneor more apparatuses 3290 affixed, such as by one or more adhesives 3282,to body parts 3272 of interest. In some variants, for example, detectionlogic 3285 produces one or more results 3231, 3232, 3233, 3234, 3235,measurements 3238, and/or timing data 3239 by generating an extractionof data 3261, 3262, 3263 that complies with one or more retention and/ortransmission criteria 3287. Alternatively or additionally, one or moremodules 3221, 3222, 3223 or other decision logic 3230 may be configuredto apply criteria 3225, 3226, 3227 for selectively generating one ormore aspects of notifications 3211, 3212, 3213 or other results 3236.

With reference now to FIG. 33, shown is an example of a system 3300including an in-dwelling catheter or other instrument 3355 suitable fortransvascular placement. In some variants, for example, instrument 3355may couple with a bifurcated catheter or other conduit 3354 suitable toadminister one or more therapeutic materials 3340 locally to a treatmentsite 3371 via one or more capillaries and/or other small vessels 3378.As shown, site 3371 may include some or all of an afflicted organ orother target mass 3370 served by a vasculature 3365 of subject 3360. Insome variants, for example, intermediate-size vessels 3372 may includearterioles through which material passes. Alternatively or additionally,a clamp or other such controllable occlusion structure 3356 occludes atleast some flow between a vein or other large vessel 3379 and aninjection site (segment 3373, e.g.).

An embodiment provides such a transvascular dispenser configured toadminister a therapeutic material 3340 containing an artificialcomponent 3330 locally, and in which the therapeutic material(s) 3340contain dioxygen 3311 in oxyhemoglobin 3323 of blood 3325, for example,or in a carrier 3315. In some variants, oxygen-charged perfluoroheptanemay be used, for example, in a context in which a majority of suchmaterial may be kept out of general circulation (supplying oxygen byinjection and withdrawal of therapeutic material 3340, e.g.). Suchtherapeutic materials may, for example, include one or more toxins 3331,antineoplastic agents 3334, heparin or other anticoagulants 3335, nitricoxide sources 3336, hormones 3337, or other drugs 3339 or therapeuticmaterials that may be delivered via a vasculature.

Another embodiment provides an extravascular or other artificialocclusion structure 3356 operable to impede a flow exiting a segment3373 of a vasculature (into vessel 3379, e.g.) and an instrument 3355 orother artificial structure operable to administer a therapeutic material3340 locally to the segment 3373. In some embodiments, such a structuremay be used for limiting damage to kidneys or other systemic filtrationorgans.

Another embodiment provides a bifurcated needle or other suitabledispensation conduit 3354 adapted to administer a therapeutic material3340 locally via (venules or other) intermediate-size vessels 3372 to(capillaries or other small) vessels 3378 and to site 3371. Suchconduits may, in some contexts, comprise or otherwise access a reservoiroperable for dispensing toxins 3331 or other dangerous dosages locally,some of which may then be absorbed into site 3371 and/or recaptured, forexample, back into conduit 3354. In some variants, for example,therapeutic material 3340 may include one or more of dioxygen 3311 inone or more artificial carriers 3315 and/or oxyhemoglobin 3323 borne inblood 3325. Therapeutic material 3340 may likewise include one or moretoxins 3331 and/or sources of antineoplastic agents 3334 oranticoagulants 3335 or (supplemental quantities of) nitric oxide 3336,hormones 3337, or other drugs 3339. Such embodiments may also includeimaging or other sensing components and/or control or communicationcomponents as described herein. Other such embodiments are described,for example, with reference to FIG. 17-32 or 34-43.

With reference now to FIG. 34, shown is an example of a context in whichone or more technologies may be implemented, a quasi-schematicrepresentation of a vasculature 3465 of a mammal or other subject 3400.Two or more systemic or other arterial segments 3410, 3420 receiverespective blood flows 3401, 3402, which then diverge into smallervessels and then to respective capillary beds 3450, 3460, 3470, one ormore of which may include a site 3471 of interest for a local treatment.After a nutrient/waste product exchange, blood may exit one or more suchbeds 3470 via one or more venules 3495, 3496 typically converging intolarger flows 3488, 3499 exiting respective venous segments 3480, 3490.In some variants, for example, one or more sites 3471 may receive alocal treatment via backflow from one or more artificial structures 3455that include one or more transvascular or intravascular distal portions3456 extending within a venule and/or venous segment 3490 as shown. Insome variants, injectors or other such structures may be configured toadminister a therapeutic material into a vessel within a proximity ofone or more occlusion structures operable for blocking most or all ofsuch a flow.

With reference now to FIG. 35, shown is an example of a system 3500 thatmay serve as a context for introducing one or more processes and/ordevices described herein. Unit 3510 of system 3500 may include one ormore conduits 3504 configured to dispense therapeutic material 3520 fromone or more reservoirs 3508. Such therapeutic material 3520 may includeoxyhemoglobin 3523 or other such sources of dioxygen in apharmaceutically acceptable carrier 3524, for example, that may alsoinclude one or more supplemental or other artificial components 3525susceptible to injection or other vascular administration.

In some variants, unit 3510 may be configured to include or otherwiseinteract with one or more units 3540 comprising one or more instances ofnotification logic 3535, imaging apparatuses 3536, and/orsensor-containing probes 3537 configured to detect physical phenomena onor in a subject's body. In a variant containing each, for example,imaging apparatus 3536 may be configured capture one or more images 3534via probe 3537. Alternatively or additionally, for example, notificationlogic 3535 may include one or more such images with one or morenotifications 3533 to be transmitted to network 3545 as shown.

Alternatively or additionally, unit 3510 may likewise be configured toinclude or otherwise interact with one or more other modules 3551, 3552,3553 of detection logic 3550 configured to invoke one or more modules ofresponsive logic as exemplified herein. In some variants, for example,unit 3560 may include such modules as described herein with reference toFIG. 2, 6, 8, 15, or 83-119.

Alternatively or additionally, unit 3510 may (optionally) be configuredto interact with one or more blood filtration devices 3576, absorptionports 3577, dispensation ports 3578 configured to dispense active agentinhibitors, or other such artificial units 3580 effectively configuredto extract some portion 3511 of therapeutic material 3520 out of avasculature. (Apart from such portions, for example, a remainder 3512 ofsuch material may be metabolized, captured locally in tissues, and/orotherwise handled by natural processes.)

An embodiment provides one or more units 3510 as artificial structuresconfigured to administer a therapeutic material 3520 containing at leastan artificial component 3530 via one or more capillaries of avasculature locally and one or more units 3580 as artificial structuresconfigured to extract a portion of the therapeutic material out of thevasculature. One or more such units 3510 may (optionally) include one ormore conduits 3504 configured to administer the therapeutic material3520 via one or more venules of the vasculature locally to one or morecapillaries of the vasculature. See, e.g., FIG. 34. In some variants,such a unit 3510 may include one or more reservoirs 3508 containing atleast a (systemically) lethal amount of artificial component 3530, whichamount which may be dispensed locally and then extracted in portion3511. Alternatively or additionally, such a unit may comprise anantineoplastic agent dispenser. Alternatively or additionally, such anartificial component 3530 may include a supplemental or other quantityof a hormone effective for a therapy upon site 3471, for example. Insome variants, the embodiment may further include a probe 3537 or otherstructure configured to facilitate positioning at least a distal portionof conduit 3504 through an arterial segment of the vasculature.Alternatively or additionally, such an embodiment may include one ormore units 3580 configured to extract some portion 3511 of therapeuticmaterial 3520 physically out of a vasculature or otherwise to filter ablood flow. Alternatively or additionally, the embodiment may includemodule 3551 configured as circuitry for detecting a release oftherapeutic material 3520 and/or module 3552 configured as circuitry fordetecting a presence of therapeutic material 3520. Other suchembodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 10, 11,19, and 20.

An embodiment provides an in-dwelling catheter or other artificialstructure 3455 comprising at least unit 3510 configured to administer atherapeutic material 3520 containing oxyhemoglobin 3523 (or some otherform of dioxygen acceptable for administration to a living subject 3400via a vasculature) and an artificial component 3530 locally to atreatment site 3471 via one or more capillary beds 3470. (Other suchembodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 24and/or 33.) In some contexts, unit 3510 may further include one or moreof a flow sensor 2471, a force sensor 2484, a sonic sensor 2495, anin-dwelling catheter comprising distal portion 3456, a pressure sensor,or other implantable components as described herein. Some variants mayfurther include or otherwise interact with unit 3540, which may compriseone or more instances of notification logic 3535 configured to transmita notification 3533 relating to the first unit 3510 (via a network asdescribed herein, e.g.), imaging apparatuses 3536 configured tofacilitate positioning some or all of unit 3510 (locally to and)upstream or downstream from a target treatment site 3471, or a probe3537 for moving one or more units 3510, 3540, 3560, 3580 into selectedpositions in or near vasculature 3465.

A variant embodiment provides an artificial structure comprising one ormore instances of unit 3510 configured to administer (an anticoagulantor other artificial components 3530 of) therapeutic materials 3520locally via capillaries. Another artificial structure comprising unit3580 may include one or more dispensation ports 3578 configured toextract a portion 3511 of the therapeutic material(s) 3520 out of avasculature, such as by “getter”-type removal. Alternatively oradditionally, such units 3580 may comprise absorption ports 3577 orother blood filtration devices 3576 configured to extract portion 3511of the therapeutic material(s) 3520 physically out of the vasculature3465. Such configurations may permit such high dosages that a reservoir3508 may contain a (systemically) lethal amount of the artificialcomponent 3530, in a context in which a remainder 3512 will constitute anon-lethal dose. In contexts like that of FIG. 34, unit 3510 may furtherinclude one or more transvascular conduits 3504 configured to administertherapeutic material 3520 via one or more venules 3495 of thevasculature 3465 locally to the one or more capillaries.

With reference now to FIGS. 36 & 37, shown is an example of anendoscopic system that may serve as a context for introducing one ormore processes and/or devices described herein. System 3600 may includeone or more elongate structures comprising one or more instances ofdispensers 3635, thermal or other treatment elements 3655, and/orballoons 3654 guided at least partly along a blood flow 3699 ofvasculature 3665. Subsequently, at FIG. 37, therapeutic material 3720may be administered locally and/or one or more balloons 3654 or otherocclusion structures may occlude flow 3699 temporarily.

An embodiment provides an occlusive structure operable to impede a flow3699 exiting one or more segments 3661, 3662 of a vasculature 3665 and adispenser 3635 and/or other treatment elements 3655 operable toadminister chilling or other therapies locally at segment 3662. (Othersuch embodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIG.116.) The system may likewise include a controller 3620, optionallyoperable selectively to invoke one or more instances of modules 3621configured to trigger the balloon 3654 or other occlusive structure toimpede flow 3699; modules 3622 configured to trigger the dispenser 3635or other therapeutic structure(s); and/or modules 3623 configured totrigger other such local intravascular therapies.

With reference now to FIG. 38, shown is an example of a system that mayserve as a context for introducing one or more processes and/or devicesdescribed herein. As shown, system 3800 comprises a plurality ofdispensers 3821, 3831 operatively coupled with a control module 3820within body 3830, positioned adjacent a forked vessel 3840 ofvasculature 3805. As shown, a dispenser 3821 is configured to dispense alytic agent through one or more conduits 3822 extending into an upstreamportion of vessel 3840, the conduit(s) secured in place by a bioadhesiveor other positioning feature 3823. Dispenser 3831 is likewise configuredto dispense (at least) a lytic agent inhibitor through one or moreconduits 3832 extending into a downstream portion of vessel 3840, theconduit(s) secured in place by a similar positioning feature 3833.

With reference now to FIG. 39, shown is an example of a monitoringand/or control instrument 3900 configured to handle one or moreinstances of (one or more) indicators 3971, 3972, 3973, 3974 or othersensor data 3970. Instrument 3900 may, for example, comprise one or moreinstances of control logic 3980 (such as modules 3981, 3982), probes3987, imaging apparatuses 3988, or notification logic 3991 operable forhandling one or more notifications 3992 as described herein, optionallyincluding one or more images 3993.

In some variants, systems described herein may be configured to includetransvascular or other implantable articles. Other such embodiments aredescribed, for example, with reference to FIGS. 33 and 40-50.

With reference now to FIG. 40, shown is an example of a system 4000comprising one or more dispensers 4010, 4020 configured to dispensematerials (transvascularly) into respective branches of an artery orother large blood vessel 4005. Such dispensers may, in some variants, besecured in a vicinity of a vessel by one or more sleeves 4009 or othersuch positioning features. In response to one or more dispensationcriteria as described below, control module 4060 is configured to permita fluid communication between a pressurized reservoir 4050 and one ormore plungers 4041, 4042 configured to actuate the respectivedispensers.

With reference now to FIGS. 41-44, shown is an operative example of aninjector configuration suitable for use, for example, in dispensers likethose of FIG. 40. As shown in FIG. 41, a plunger 4140 exerts force(leftward as shown) upon injectable fluid 4160 so that needle 4132slides along tapered body 4130 (downward as shown). In response topressure from needle 4132 and/or fluid 4245 (saline, e.g.), as shown inFIG. 42, a containment film 4287 breaks. As shown in FIG. 43, needle4132 pierces blood vessel wall 4306. As shown in FIG. 44, a portion ofinjectable fluid 4160 becomes dispensation 4475 at a somewhat lowerpressure than that initially present in pressure transfer fluid 4446. Insome variants, needle 4132 comprises a blood-soluble portion coated witha film configured so that abrasion with tapered body 4130 exposes theblood-soluble portion. In others, a spring or other actuation mechanismmay be used, optionally configured to withdraw a needle after theinjection. Alternatively or additionally, an adhesive or other sealingmechanism may be applied at the point of injection.

With reference now to FIG. 45, shown is an example of a system that mayserve as a context for introducing one or more processes and/or devicesdescribed herein. As shown system 4500 may affect or otherwise relate tovicinity 4505, section 4530, vicinity 4535, section 4570, and vicinity4575 of a vascular lumen 4595 through which one or more blood componentsmay flow. One or more inflows 4501 of blood enter respective portions oflumen 4595 as shown, pass through sections 4530, 4570 and exit as one ormore outflows 4599. In respective variants, arteries, veins, or smallervessels of lumen 4595 may traverse respective vicinities 4505, 4535,4575 as shown. Sections 4530, 4570 may likewise comprise one or morecapillary beds as well as implants or other entities with which lumen4595 interacts.

In some variants, one or more upper modules 4550 in vicinity 4535 may(optionally) send data to and/or receive data from one or more instancesof intravascular or other sensors 4510 in vicinity 4505. Upper module4550 may likewise comprise one or more instances of modules 4513, 4514of dispensing logic 4515; dispensers 4517, 4518, 4519; modules 4521,4522 of evaluation logic 4520; transmitters 4547, receivers 4548, orother modules 4541, 4542, 4543 of interface logic 4540; or modules 4551,4552 of response logic 4555. Interface logic may handle data to outputdevice 4526 and/or from input device 4528 as well interacting with oneor more lower modules 4590. Lower module 4590 may include one or moreinstances of microfluidic or other pumps 4576, ports 4577, dispensers4578, sensors 4579, or semi-permeable membranes 4581 or other suchmodules 4582 or vessels 4583 of extraction devices 4580.

With reference now to FIG. 46, shown is an example of a system that mayserve as a context for introducing one or more processes and/or devicesdescribed herein. As shown system 4600 may comprise a lumen 4695comprising a heart valve 4610 including an annular base 4607 containingone or more dispensers 4616, a ball 4608, and one or more upper modules4650 and lower modules 4690 operatively coupled as shown. Upper module4650 may comprise one or more instances of dispensation logic 4615,evaluation logic 4620, or wireless communication modules 4644 or otherinterface logic 4640 operable for communication with one or more userinterfaces 4625; for transmitting data to one or more output devices4626 or receiving data from one or more input devices 4628 thereof asshown. Lower module 4690 may comprise an optical sensor 4675, anauditory sensor 4676, or other sensors 4677; or pressure or forcesensors or other a flow-force-responsive elements 4678 or other elements4679 as described herein.

An embodiment provides a system 4600 comprising dispensing logic 4615 orinterface logic 4640 operable for signaling a decision whether toinitiate implant-site-targeting treatment and one or more dispensers4616 responsive to the decision. Each dispenser 4616 may (optionally)include a thrombolytic agent and/or other therapeutic materials asdescribed herein, suitable for targeting a vicinity of valve 4610. Theabove-described “signaling” circuitry may comprise one or more ofoptical sensors 4675, auditory sensors, flow-force-responsive elements4678, or other components suitable for providing thrombus-indicativemeasurements or other data suitable for informing the decision in lightof teachings herein.

In some embodiments, “signaling” something can include identifying,contacting, requesting, selecting, or indicating the thing. In somecases a signaled thing is susceptible to fewer than all of theseaspects, of course, such as a task definition that cannot be contacted.

In some variants, systems described herein may be configured to includeone or more controllable dispensers or other such control features.Other such embodiments are described, for example, with reference toFIGS. 4, 10, 50, 68, and 71.

An embodiment provides a system 4600 comprising interface logic 4640operable for signaling a decision (a) whether to initiateimplant-site-targeting treatment or (b) whether to administer one ormore clot-reducing agents. Alternatively or additionally, system 4600comprising may similarly provide dispensing logic using such signaling,for example, for guiding one or more dispensers 4616 accordingly. Eachdispenser 4616 may (optionally) contain a thrombolytic agent and/orother therapeutic materials as described herein, suitable for targetinga vicinity of valve 4610. The above-described “signaling” circuitry maycomprise one or more of optical sensors 4675, auditory sensors 4676,flow-force-responsive elements 4678, or other components suitable forproviding thrombus-indicative measurements or other data suitable forinforming the decision in light of teachings herein.

With reference now to FIG. 47, shown is an example of a system that mayserve as a context for introducing one or more processes and/or devicesdescribed herein. As shown system 4700 comprises (a top view of) a valve4710 having a dispenser 4716 in an upper portion thereof. Any of theembodiments described herein with reference to FIG. 45 may effectivelyimplement valve 4710 as a combination of upper module 4550 and lowermodule 4590 within lumen 4595. Any of the embodiments described hereinwith reference to FIG. 112 may effectively implement valve 4710 asmodule 11250 within lumen 11295. Any of the embodiments described hereinwith reference to FIG. 116 may effectively implement valve 4710 asmodule 11660 within lumen 11695. Any of the embodiments described hereinwith reference to FIG. 108 may effectively implement valve 4710 asmodule 10890 within lumen 10895. Any of the embodiments described hereinwith reference to FIG. 28 or 108 may likewise implement valve 4710 asmodule 10890 or system 2800 within lumen 10895 or vasculature 2896.

With reference now to FIG. 48, shown is (a bottom view of) a variant ofvalve 4710 in which a dangerous, partially occlusive thrombus 4716 hasformed. An embodiment provides one or more sensors 4579 in a lowermodule 4590 suitable for detecting thrombus 4716 and able to respondprogrammatically as described herein.

With reference now to FIG. 49, shown is (a bottom view of) a variant ofvalve 4710 in which thrombus 4716 has been prevented or removed asdescribed herein. Valve 4710 is accordingly operable for opening andclosing effectively in this configuration, unlike that of FIG. 48.

With reference now to FIG. 50, shown is an implanted system 5000 inwhich one or more technologies may be implemented, a structure 5090having a plurality of legs 5020 (optionally a variant of a “GuntherTulip” inferior vena cava filter, for example) engaging a wall of alarge vein 5010. In response to detecting a large-enough clot 5080 (as aforce increase, deformation, or other manifestation described herein,e.g.), one or more modules 5035 of control logic 5040 may cause adispenser 5050 to inject a concentrated dose of lytic material 5052locally from an upstream portion 5051 of system 5000. Alternatively oradditionally, one or more modules 5065 of notification logic 5070 maycause or enable a notification 5075 to be transmitted, for example,wirelessly to an external device as described herein signaling one ormore such events.

In some variants, systems described herein may be configured to includeor interact with a pacemaker or other such implantable articles. Othersuch embodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 33and 34.

With reference now to FIG. 51, shown is an example of a system that mayserve as a context for introducing one or more processes and/or devicesdescribed herein. As shown system module 5100 may comprise one or morethresholds 5111, 5112, criteria 5115, filters 5121, 5122, or otherconditions 5125 detectable by one or more modules 5131, 5132, 5133 ofdetection logic 5135. Such logic may be implemented in hardware orsoftware, for example, optionally configured for analyzing values fromone or more event records 5160, counters 5173 or other timing logic5175, or other such data. In some variants, for example, event record5160 may associate one or more timestamps 5161 with measurements orother data 5167, 5168. Alternatively or additionally, such logic mayanalyze one or more other values 5181, indicators 5182, statuses 5183,or other such data 5184, 5190 of potential diagnostic utility.

With reference now to FIG. 52, shown is an example of a system 5200comprising a system module 5250 operable for communicating to and/orfrom one or more sensors 5201, 5202, 5203; other modules 5210;aggregation modules 5281; devices 5291 or other resources 5292; or otherportions of networks 5280, 5290. In some contexts, for example, suchsensors may be (a) operatively coupled with system module 5250 via aconduit 5208 and/or (b) near a peripheral region 5225 or core of subject5220 as shown. In some variants, system module 5250 may include one ormore modules 5231, 5232, 5233 of configuration logic 5235 configured tohandle one or more images 5241, data 5242, other responses 5245, otherdata 5251, 5252, 5253, 5255 as described herein, or other information5260 of potential utility in diagnosing a living subject. Alternativelyor additionally, system module 5250 may include one or more ports 5261,5262 or other features of interface 5265; network linkages 5285 forinteracting to and/or from networks; or thresholds 5271, 5272, operatingparameters 5275, or other comparative information 5276 potentiallyuseful for diagnostic and/or monitoring purposes.

With reference now to FIG. 53, shown is an example of asensor-containing device 5310 or other device 5320 at least sometimes incommunication with one or more primary systems 5380. In some variants,for example, one or more receivers 5340, 5350 may be configured toreceive one or more messages 5341, 5342 or other information 5345 fromsuch devices. Alternatively or additionally, primary system 5380 mayinclude one or more controller cards or other computer modules 5360implementing decision logic 275, 1350, 1460, 2250, 2730, 3230 or otherlogic as described herein, for example, in hardware or software form.Primary system 5380 may likewise include one or more hand-held or otheruser interfaces 5370 for relaying notifications or other information toor from care providers or other users 5390.

With reference now to FIG. 54, shown is an example of a recording system5400 comprising one or more receivers 5430 for handling software orother modules 5425, one or more records 5450 associating data 5451, 5452in a memory 5440 or storage unit 5445, or timing information 5470 asdescribed herein. In some contexts, for example, recording system 5400may record or otherwise handle one or more update times 5464, implanttimes 5465, dispensation times 5466, or other such data in associationwith an event type, a quantity, or other such parameters of potentialanalytical utility.

In some variants, other system components described herein may beconfigured to generate or act upon such timing information. Suchembodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 11, 55,56, and 62-64.

With reference now to FIG. 55, shown is a system 5500 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented, a configuration module 5570wirelessly or otherwise operably coupled to one or more networks 5580,external devices 5591, or implants 5597 in subject 5595. In somevariants, configuration module may include one or more determinants 5540in memory 5541, storage 5542, or other media 5545. In various contextsas described below, for example, one or more instruction sequences 5551or other modules 5552 of decision logic 5555 may behave in a manner thatdepends upon one or more of a type 5511, date 5512, status 5513, orlocation 5514 of implant 5597, or other such implant data 5510,comparison data 5531, parameters 5532, or profile data 5533 as describedherein. Alternatively or additionally, one or more 5521, locationindices 5522, sensor types 5523, mode identifiers 5524, 5525 or othersuch monitoring information 5520 and/or status information 5535 may bereceived by one or more modules 5561, 5562, 5563 of receiver 5565 forpotential use by diagnosticians and/or decision logic as describedherein.

With reference now to FIG. 56, shown is a system 5600 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented, configured to receive informationfrom implant 5690 and/or to convey information to a subject or otheruser 5695 via one or more output devices 5694 (a speaker, e.g.). Supportdevice 5610 may include one or more ports 5623, 5624, antennae 5628, orother such communication components 5620 operable for handling one ormore profiles 5621, 5622, commands 5625, 5626 or other such information.Alternatively or additionally, support device 5610 may include one ormore modules 5634 of decision logic 5635 or timing modules 5641 or othermodules 5644, 5645 of control logic 5640 suitable for handling data5642, 5643 as described herein. In some variants, detection logic 5670of support device 5610 may likewise include one or more receivers 5665or other modules 5661, 5668 configured to handle one or more bloodpressure measurements 5651, flow rate measurements 5652, or other suchdeterminants 5655 that depend upon the implant(s) 5690 or othercharacteristics of subject 5695.

With reference now to FIG. 57, shown is a system 5700 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented, a local module 5730 configured tocommunicate signals 5725 to and/or from one or more sensors 5701 orother such elements 5722 in a region 5710 adjacent a blood vessel 5709.This can facilitate detection of an embolus 5708 or othercirculation-related features in blood 5703, skin 5706, or tissue 5705.Such a local module 5730 may include one or more modules 5741, 5742,5751, 5752 of decision logic 5750, 5760 operable for generating one ormore decisions 5745, 5746. Such decisions may depend upon one or morematerial indicators 5743, 5762, quantity indicators 5744, model numbers5761, or other type indications 5770. Alternatively or additionally,such decisions may depend upon one or more measurements 5771, ultrasonicsignatures 5772, impedance changes 5773, symptom indicators 5774, imagesequences 5785, or other such data 5780, 5790.

With reference now to FIG. 58, shown is a system 5800 comprising two ormore coupled detection modules 5860, 5870 configured to handle sensordata manifesting measurements or other attributes of a region 5810adjacent blood vessel 5809. In some variants, for example, detectionmodule 5860 includes sensors 5851, 5852, 5853 as described hereinoperable to transmit the sensor data. Accordingly, detection module 5870may be configured to handle one or more images 5861, 5862, 5863 or othershape-indicative data 5865; one or more complaints 5871,subject-provided input 5872, secondary user input 5873, or other suchclot-indicative determinants; or other determinants 5878 or otherindications 5879 comprising ischemia indicators 5880. Detection module5870 may further include one or more comparators 5893 or other modules5891, 5892 of invocation logic 5895 for sending and/or receiving atreatment indication 5890, status-indicative information 5896, or othercomponents of messages 5897, 5898, 5899. In various contexts asdescribed herein, one or more such treatment indications 5841 or othermessages 5815, 5825 may be transmitted to or received from one or morestations 5820, monitors 5830, comparators 5842, or other components ofnetworks 5840 potentially remote from region 5810.

In some variants, such detection modules may be configured to captureand/or transmit images or otherwise handle shape-indicative data. Othersuch embodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 9,16, 35, 52, 75, 77, and 79.

With reference now to FIG. 59, shown is a system 5900 comprising primarymodule 5920 configured to transmit output 5983 to and/or receive input5984 from interface 5980. Primary module 5920 may include one or morecomparators 5921, circuitry 5922, module 5923, or other decision logic5930, 5940 configured to generate one or more decisions 5925 or otherdata responsive to one or more criteria 5907, 5908, 5909, 5910.Alternatively or additionally, primary module 5920 may include one ormore modules 5961, 5962, 5963, 5964 of evaluation logic 5965 configuredto generate metadata or other such information responsive to one or moresuch criteria. Such input or output data may, for example, comprise asuccession 5951 or other indicators 5952, 5953, 5954, 5955 transmittedto or from primary module 5920.

With reference now to FIG. 60, shown is an administration unit 6010optionally comprising one or more primary modules described herein, andoperatively coupled via a cord 6077 with a hand-held unit 6080positionable adjacent a subject 6090. In some variants, for example,hand-held unit 6080 may include one or more sensors or logic asdescribed herein. Alternatively or additionally, hand-held unit 6080 mayinclude one or more dispensers 6075 of a vasodilator 6071, lytic agent6072, or other such therapeutic components 6073 (operatively controlledvia cord 6077, e.g.). Administration unit 6010 may include one or moremicrophones 6021, speakers 6022, or other modules 6023 of interface 6020configured to convey output 6024 or other indications 6025. Suchinformation may be guided by one or more interaction protocols 6043 orother modules 6041, 6042 of decision logic 6050. Alternatively oradditionally, such information may be guided by one or more results6031, 6032, 6033, 6034 from comparator 6030 and/or by one or more bodypart identifiers 6061, seat identifiers 6062, global positioning system(GPS) coordinates 6063, or other such location indicators 6060.

In some variants, hand-held unit 6080 may be implemented as a handle, asteering wheel, an arm rest, or other feature of a vehicle configured tomonitor a health status of one or more occupants. Other such embodimentsare described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 2, 6, and 8.

With reference now to FIG. 61, shown is a system 6100 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented comprising one or more locationsensors 6101, flow attribute sensors 6102, approvals 6103, or other suchinput components to one or more modules 6104, 6105, 6121, 6122, 6123 ofdetection logic 6110 or invocation logic 6120. System 6100 may furtherinclude one or more instances of decisions 6133 generated by one or moremodules 6131, 6132 responsive to a fulfillment of one or more regimens6134. Alternatively or additionally, system 6100 may further include oneor more instances of initiations 6151, updates 6152, indications 6171,6172, 6173, or other notifications 6160, 6170 configured and/ortriggered by one or more modules 6181, 6182, 6183 of notification logic6180.

In some variants, such notification logic may be configured tofacilitate selective notifications according to one or more controllableparameters. Other such embodiments are described, for example, withreference to FIGS. 3, 5, 12, 15, 22, 29, 30, 32, 35, and 77.

With reference now to FIG. 62, shown is an administration system 6200comprising one or more modules 6201, 6202 of evaluation logic 6210configured to generate one or more results 6260 in response to anevaluation of one or more distributions 6211, 6212, 6221, 6222 with oneor more signals 6231, 6232, current flow-indicative data 6233,historical data 6234, or other such diagnostically relevant parametersas described herein. Alternatively or additionally, one or moredifferences 6251, 6252, positional information 6253, timing information6254, change rates 6255, indicators 6256, 6257 or other results 6260 maymanifest or otherwise stem from a set 6244 of one or more regimens 6241,6242, 6243 (selected as input 6292 from user 6290 at a user interfaceelement 6291, e.g.). Such results 6260 can likewise manifest orotherwise stem from one or more measurements 6271, images 6272, 6273,values 6274, 6275, requests 6276, or other such input data 6280 (fromone or more users 6290 and/or expert system modules 6294, e.g.). In somevariants, for example, one or more modules 6245 of decision logic 6240may (a) define a default set of regimens in response to a pathologicalstate indication 6296 or other such data from network 6295 and/or (b)permit the user(s) to configure the set 6244 selectively as a mode ofdispensation control.

With reference now to FIG. 63, shown is a system 6300 comprising amediation module 6310, such as may be configured to facilitate dataaggregation or other such data-transformative interaction between one ormore networks 6390 and a primary or other local system as describedherein. Mediation module 6310 may include one or more recorders 6311;ports 6321, modules 6322, 6323 or other invocation logic 6320; ormodules 6332, 6333 or other processing logic 6330, such as for applyinga threshold 6331. Such components may, for example, trigger a recordingor analysis in response to one or more instances of limb painindications 6344, cooling indication 6345, swelling indications 6346,dispensation indications 6347, discoloration indications 6348, symptomindications 6349, decibel measurements 6351, 6352, timing data 6361,6362, 6363, or a low-enough Reynolds number computation or otherlaminar-flow-indicative value 6371, 6372. In some variants, moreover,these or other data types may be used as confirmatory measurements 6353or other data configured for a contingent confirmation of a follow-upevaluation, a diagnosis, a referral, a prognosis, or some otherhypothesis of potential therapeutic relevance. In some variants, forexample, invocation logic 6320 may trigger one or more decisions 6391,6392 or other responses from decision logic 6395, a remote evaluationmodule 6396, or other such entities. Alternatively or additionally, someor all such data 6340 may be transmitted to network 6390, for example,to permit such recording or other functions to be performed remotely.

With reference now to FIG. 64, shown is a network 6400 comprising aplurality of addressable destinations 6401, 6402 supported by one ormore server systems 6490. In some variants, server system 6490 mayinclude one or more modules 6421, 6422, 6423, 6454, 6461 of notificationlogic 6420, invocation logic 6455, or evaluation logic 6460. Such logicmay generate one or more risk indicators 6431, 6432 and/or data samples6441, 6442, 6443 comprising signals 6445, or other such components ofnotifications 6440, 6450 including or otherwise manifesting one or moremarginal probabilities 6462, thresholds 6463, composite indicators 6491,measurements 6492, availability data 6493, timing data 6494, or othersuch data 6495 useful for facilitating a diagnosis of a subject'smedical or veterinary problem.

In some variants, such notification logic may be configured tofacilitate selective notifications according to one or more controllableparameters. Other such embodiments are described, for example, withreference to FIGS. 12, 15, 22, 29, 30, 32, 35, and 74.

With reference now to FIG. 65, shown is an interface 6500 in which oneor more technologies may be implemented. To facilitate providinginformation to and/or from a user as described herein, such an interfacemay include one or more comparators 6521, 6522 or other evaluation logic6520 configured to facilitate an application of one or more criteria6523 for decisions or other evaluations as described below.Alternatively or additionally, such an interface may include one or moremodules 6538 or other notification logic 6540 configured to enable,trigger, configure, or otherwise facilitate one or more notifications6544 as described herein.

With reference now to FIG. 66, shown is a detection system 6650comprising one or more modules 6661, 6662 of processing logic 6660configured to interact with a module 6680 positioned on skin 6690 ofsubject 6670. Such modules may include one or more sensors 6681configured to derive shape or other detectable attributes of a region6691 at a first end of a segment of a vessel 6696 as shown, one or moresensors 6683 configured to derive shape or other detectable attributesof a region 6693 at a second end of the segment as shown, and/or one ormore sensors 6682 configured to derive shape or other detectableattributes of a region 6692 at a middle portion of the segment of asshown. One or more such sensors 6681, 6682, 6683 may provide signalsfrom which such logic may derive one or more flow-indicative or otherimages 6664 or other such circulatory indications 6663, for example, viaany of several existing technologies.

With reference now to FIG. 67, shown is a configuration system 6710comprising one or more modules 6731, 6732, 6733 or other detection logic6720 configured to detect one or more rates 6721, indications 6722,categorical attributes 6725, quantitative attributes 6726, or other suchvalues 6723 or other data 6724 indicative of pathologies, therapies, orother such manifestations of conditions described herein. Alternativelyor additionally, configuration system 6710 may include one or moreinterfaces 6740, 6750 configured to transmit data to and/or from a user,a dispenser 6780 or other device 6790 for use in proximity to a subject,or other such resources. In some variants, configuration system 6710 maylikewise include one or more sequences 6761, 6762, protocols 6763,device settings 6771, or other such parametric forms configured to guideone or more modules 6772, 6773, 6774 of control logic 6770 as describedherein.

With reference now to FIG. 68, shown is a filtration system 6800configured to provide via one or more returns 6805 at least a portion ofa bodily fluid received via one or more inlets 6895. In some variants,filtration system 6800 may include one or more instances of sensors6815, 6865 in a vicinity of an air trap 6820 and/or fluid pump 6870.Alternatively or additionally, filtration system 6800 may likewiseinclude one or more dispenser inlets 6885, membranes 6840 for use in ormore filter units 6850, or other such mechanisms for adding or removingsolid or other components of the fluid.

With reference now to FIG. 69, shown is a dialyser 6910 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented. Dialyser 6910 may be configured toprovide via one or more fluid returns 6942 a portion of a flow 6943received via one or more fluid inlets 6941. Another portion of flow 6943merges into a flow 6933 between the dialysate inlet(s) 6931 anddialysate return(s) 6932 through one or more membranes 6940.

With reference now to FIG. 70, shown is another type of transfer system7000 in which one or more technologies may be implemented. One or morevalves 7050, pumps 7060, or other actuators 7045, 7055 guide bloodselectively from inlet 7005 toward return 7091, outlet 7092, orextraction unit 7080. One or more modules 7031, 7032, 7033 of controllogic 7030 control such actuation and/or an operation of one or moredispensers 7020 as described herein. Flow into such extraction units7080 may come into contact with one or more foams 7071, fibers 7072, orother such materials 7073 effective for removing a sample or potentiallytoxic portion, which can then be removed or guided toward outlet 7094.Alternatively or additionally a remaining portion may be guided backtoward transfer unit 7010 (via recovery conduit 7093) as shown. In somevariants, transfer unit 7010 may be implanted or otherwise left in placeeven as cartridges or other such modular extraction units areoccasionally replaced.

In some variants, systems described herein may be configured to includeone or more mechanical control features. Other such embodiments aredescribed, for example, with reference to FIGS. 4, 7, 10, 28, 45, 68,and 71.

With reference now to FIG. 71, shown is system in which one or moretechnologies may be implemented comprising at least one primary unit7110 operable for communication to and/or from one or more deliveryunits 7180. Delivery unit 7180 may include one or more reservoirs 7181,actuators 7182, iontophoretic modules 7183, or pumps 7184 in a deliveryrange of subject 7190. In some variants, for example, one or moremodules 7121, 7122, 7123 of control logic 7120 may transmit one or moreactivation signals 7171 to cause a test or other therapeutic regimenrelating to subject 7190. Alternatively or additionally, one or moremodules 7135 of communication logic 7140 may receive measurement data7133 or other data 7131, optionally as a component of a wireless signal7132 or other monitoring signal(s) 7172 received by communication logic7140 in relation to delivery unit 7180. Alternatively or additionally,such logic may selectively notify or otherwise interact with one or moreresources 7161, 7162 in network 7160 as described herein.

With reference now to FIG. 72, shown is dispensation system 7200 inwhich one or more technologies may be implemented. Control logic 7270comprises one or more regimens 7263 or other modules 7261, 7262configured to enable and/or trigger components of one or more dispensers7290 in response to one or more determinants 7210 as described herein.In some contexts, for example, one or more instances of regimen 7263 maycall for tissue plasminogen activator 7283 or another lytic material7284 to be dispensed unless a given systemic determinant 7212 manifests(D-dimer concentration exceeding a given threshold, e.g.) in relation toa subject. Alternatively or additionally, regimen 7263 may call for adispensation from another reservoir 7285 in response to a complementarydeterminant 7211 (dispensing a vasodilator in response to apparentclotting in a vessel parallel to that of an intravenous dispenser,e.g.). Various other modes of controlling one or more actuators 7281,pumps 7282, or other components of dispensers 7290 may be configured inresponse to these and other data 7213, 7214 without undueexperimentation, in light of these teachings.

An embodiment provides one or more instances of control logic 7030, 7270configured to accelerate a decrease in a local concentration of one ormore lytic materials 7284 in a vicinity of a blood vessel by causing oneor more elements (pumps or instances of extraction unit 7080, e.g.) toextract at least a portion of such material in response to one or morelytic material indications from one or more sensors or dispensers 7290in the vicinity. This can occur, for example, when the sensor(s) includeone or more reflectance sensors 2511, transmittance sensors 2521. sonicsensors 2495, ion sensors 2550, or other suitable modes of detecting alytic material. Alternatively or additionally, such software or otherlogic may be configured to cause a transluminal dispensation into one ormore venules or other vessels 3379, 3840, 4005 as a programmed responseto one or more pathology-indicative signals.

With reference now to FIG. 73, shown is a subject 7310 for whom one ormore technologies may be implemented. A (right) common carotid artery7350 bifurcates into a flow 7321 through internal carotid artery 7322and a flow 7331 through an external carotid artery 7332. One or moresensors 7345 may be implanted or otherwise configured to detect suchflows and/or arteries, optionally triggering one or more programmaticnotifications, dispensations, or other such responses as describedherein. In some variants, for example, apparent warning signs of astroke may trigger a (confirmatory) diagnostic interaction with subject7310 and/or a warning or other advice to a caregiver or others in avicinity of subject 7310.

With reference now to FIG. 74, shown is a distributed system 7400 inwhich one or more technologies may be implemented comprising a server7410 remote from an at-risk subject 7495 in network 7490. In somevariants, for example, one or more sensors 7498 or other modules 7492may be configured to detect or otherwise interact with an afflictedregion 7496 on a limb of a subject 7495. Alternatively or additionally,external device 7491 or other such modules 7493 may be configured tofacilitate communications 7485 to and/or from server 7410 and/or todetect systemic or complementary determinant conditions relating tosubject 7495.

In some variants, external device 7491 may comprise a vehicle of network7490 configured to monitor a health status of one or more occupants.Other such embodiments are described, for example, with reference toFIGS. 2, 6, and 8.

In some variants, server 7410 may include one or more special-purposecircuits or other modules 7411, 7412 of decision logic 7415 configuredto generate one or more decisions 7414 in response to variousindications 7480 as described herein. These may include one or moreimages 7471, inputs 7472, or other such sensor data or other data 7473,7474, 7475, 7476, 7477. Alternatively or additionally, scheduling logic7455 or other notification logic 7460 may generate notifications 7451,7452 and/or other such consequential data 7454 derived from event counts7441, variable values 7442 used for computations as described herein, orother such information 7450. In some contexts, such information may(optionally) include at least one succession 7420 of differences orother such indications 7421, 7422, 7423 computed, for example, from oneor more successions 7430 of measurements 7431, 7432, 7433 or othervalues as exemplified below. Such successions 7420, 7430 may signify anamount of moisture on a subject's skin, an indication of how long a bodypart has been stationary, an indicator of flow, a partial pressure orother manifestation of concentration, or other such information ofdiagnostic utility.

With reference now to FIG. 75, shown is a local system 7570 configuredto communicate with expert system 7585 or other parts of network 7580 inrelation to one or more descriptors 7581, scores 7582, or inputs 7583 asdescribed herein. Alternatively or additionally, network 7580 maycontain one or more adjunct services 7590 configured to apply one ormore standards 7588 to various indications 7530 or information 7531,7532, 7533, 7534; determinants 7535; or other data 7537, 7538transmitted across channel 7575. In some variants, for example, suchindications may include one or more images 7510, 7520 having portions7511, 7512, 7521, 7522 of potential diagnostic utility recognizable by aremote specialist, a pattern recognition module, or other such entity.In some variants, local system 7570 may further include one or moreextraction modules 7545 or other logic in a local interface 7540configured to present abnormal indications selectively to a clinician,for example, holding an instrument 7550 (supporting one or more sensors7555 in a vicinity of a subject 7505, e.g.). Alternatively oradditionally, local system 7570 may include one or more patternrecognition modules 7564, interfaces 7563, or other modules 7561, 7562of evaluation logic 7565 as described herein.

With reference now to FIG. 76, shown is a system 7600 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented. A detection module 7610 asdescribed herein may include one or more pressure sensors 7621,stress-indicative sensors 7622, or other sample sensors 7625 configuredto generate values 7631, 7632, notification decisions 7633 or other suchmanifestations of preference, coordinates 7634, or other statusindicators 7645 relating to a subject. See FIGS. 23-26. Such informationcan, for example, be held in a circular buffer 7651 (as successivesamples 7661, 7662, 7663, for example) or other buffer 7652, 7653, 7654configured to permit one or more condition detectors 7670, 7680, 7690 toapply standards 7675, 7685, 7695 as exemplified herein.

With reference now to FIG. 77, shown is a system 7700 comprising aprimary module 7790 configured to accept indications 7711, 7712, 7713,7714 from one or more auditory or other sensors 7717 in, on or about asubject 7710 of observation. Such modules may be implemented, forexample, to include or interact with one or more components or contextsof FIGS. 1-76. In some variants, inputs 7738, 7739 or other information7745 as described herein may include one or more categories 7731,responses 7732, verifications 7733, distributions 7734, or other suchdata 7741 suitable for inclusion, for example, as content 7771 of anotification 7775. Alternatively or additionally, one or more modules7751, 7752 or other configuration logic 7755 may maintain one or moreimages 7761, apply one or more thresholds 7762, or otherwise provide oneor more indications 7780 or notification destinations 7785 in responseto then-current contents of memory 7765.

In some variants, system 7700 may be configured to include a vehicleconfigured to monitor a health status of one or more occupants. Othersuch embodiments are described, for example, with reference to FIGS. 2,6, and 8.

In some embodiments, data can be “acceptable” to a data analysis moduleif some or all of the data can be processed by the module with success.An indication of acceptable data can be appropriate in response todetecting an apparent presence or absence of a pattern in the data, forexample, or to determining that the data has a file size or headerformat that is typical for data processed by the analysis module.

With reference now to FIG. 78, shown is a system 7800 comprising one ormore modules 7820, 7825 in communication with a hub 7830 having accessto one or more networks 7890. In some variants, for example, a module7820 positioned on or near a subject may include one or more sensors7821, 7822, 7823, 7824 operable for transmitting one or more images7831, 7832 (depicting zone 7839, e.g.), counts 7841, outputs 7837 fromsensors, indicators 7843, thresholds 7845 or other factors 7842 to beapplied, or other such determinants 7850. Alternatively or additionally,hub 7830 may receive (via one or more interfaces 7860, e.g.) one or morecategories 7844 or other such input 7834 from a user or other localentity. In response to such determinants, one or more modules 7871,7872, 7873, 7874 of notification logic 7875 may configure one or morenotifications 7868 for local delivery (via interface 7860, e.g.) and/ordelivery to one or more interfaces 7880 or logging modules 7885 ofnetwork 7890. In some contexts, module 7872 may configure notification7864 to include a raw sample of slurred speech 7864 provided by asubject in response to programmatic queries, for example, or other suchcontent 7865 of an established diagnostic regimen. Such content may beomitted, in some contexts, in response to a determination that suchcontent is normal (not slurred, e.g.) as described herein.

With reference now to FIG. 79, shown is a system 7900 comprising one ormore local modules 7931, 7932 each in a vicinity of one or more bodyparts 7921, 7922 of subject 7920. In some contexts, such local modules7932 may include one or more sensors, support elements, dispensers, orother such elements 7933 positioned in contact with or otherwiseadjacent a body part 7922 of interest. In various applications,detection logic 7940 may include one or more instances of configurationmodules 7942, control modules 7951, invocation modules 7967,notification modules 7968, or various recognition modules 7981, 7982,7983 configured to process auditory information 7941 or other input dataas described herein. Detection logic 7940 may (optionally) include oneor more evaluation modules 7952 configured to implement one or morecomputed results 7961, comparison results 7962, user selections, orother such evaluation results 7963. Such results may arise from arecognition of one or more patterns 7971, 7972, 7973, 7974, 7975 orprofiles 7970 (combinations of patterns, e.g.) evident in data 7991,7992, 7993, 7994, 7995, 7996 residing in memory 7998. In some variants,for example, recognition module 7981 may be configured to recognize oneor more extended measurement trends or other such pathological patterns7971 even in data 7993 still in a normal range, in some contexts.Alternatively or additionally, one or more recognition modules 7982 maybe configured to detect a shape, color, or other optical pattern 7975characteristic of a scar, birthmark, or other common and/or unchangingirregularity manifested in data 7996 and not indicative of a circulatorypathology.

In some variants, such notification logic may be configured tofacilitate selective notifications according to one or more controllableparameters. Other such embodiments are described, for example, withreference to FIGS. 30, 32, 35, 74, 77, 78, 80, 85-96, and 104-107.

With reference now to FIG. 80, shown is a system 8000 comprising one ormore modules 8001, 8002 of extraction logic 8010 configured to processone or more samplings 8014, distillations 8015, measurements 8016, 8017,8018, identifiers 8019, or other such output 8011, 8012 from sensors orother detection logic described herein. In some embodiments, such a“distillation” can comprise an average, estimate, range, or othercomputation at least partly distilling a set of data. It can likewiseinclude an indexing, sorting, summarization, distributed sampling, orother process having a purpose or effect of showing some aspect of thedata more concisely or effectively than a conventional display of theentire data. Selecting a last portion of a data set can constitute adistillation, for example, in a context in which the data's utilityapparently increases. Those skilled in the art will recognize manyuseful modes of distilling data in light of the state of the art and ofteachings herein.

Such information 8020, 8030 may further include one or more instances ofprogrammatic advice 8032, ratios 8034, computations 8036, or other suchcomponents of notifications 8038. In some variants, for example, atleast one distribution module 8050 may be configured to use suchinformation to select one or more destinations 8041, 8042 among aplurality of destinations 8041, 8042, 8043 in response to these or othercriteria 8064 (defined in one or more subscriber profiles 8061, e.g.) orto a client list 8067. Alternatively or additionally, notification logic1290, 3535, 3991, 6180, 7460, 7875 or other responsive logic describedherein may use one or more such determinants 8068 to select among one ormore databases 8081 or other secondary information sources 8080 to drawupon for contextual information to be included in such notifications.

In some variants, logic for applying one or more thresholds or othersuch criteria may be configured to preserve relevant data selectively,to generate a summary or evaluation, or otherwise to perform suitabledata extractions. Other such embodiments are described, for example,with reference to FIGS. 1, 8, 12, 31, 32, 59, 65, and 85. In someembodiments, such data extraction criteria can include maxima or othercomparison values applied to durations, counts, lengths, widths,frequencies, signal magnitudes or phases, digital values or the like.Such criteria can be applied by determining when or how often adefinable pattern can be found: a text string, a quantity, a cough-likesound, an arrhythmia, a visible dilation, a failure to respond, anon-change, an allergic response, a symptom relating to an apparentcondition of the user, or the like.

With reference now to FIG. 81, shown is a system 8100 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented. Respective information 8161, 8162may be obtained about two or more body parts 8108, 8109 respectivelycontaining blood vessels 8118, 8119 of a vasculature 8110 of a mammal8103. Circuitry 8170 configured to receive such information 8161, 8162may include one or more instances of modules 8151, 8152, response logic8168, or modules 8172, 8173, 8174 of decision logic 8171.

With reference now to FIG. 82, shown is a flow 8200 comprising operation8240—obtaining local respiratory-status-indicative information about afirst body part of a subject (e.g. response logic 8168 receiving one ormore measurements or other information 8161 indicative of a past orpresent respiratory status of organ tissues or other parts of a patientunder observation). This can occur, for example, in a context in whichresponse logic 8168 receives the information 8161 via asensor-containing module 8151 or other direct mode of observation.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for detecting respiratory transitions or other phenomena frommeasurements or other raw data as described herein without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,308,292 (“Optical-basedsensing devices”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,305,262 (“Apparatus and method foracquiring oximetry and electrocardiogram signals”); U.S. Pat. No.7,200,431 (“Implantable blood flow monitoring system”); U.S. Pat. No.7,136,704 (“Blood oxygen monitoring system and a lead therefor”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,025,778 (“Endovascular graft with pressure temperature flowand voltage sensors”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,011,633 (“Blood flow measuringapparatus”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,006,858 (“Implantable retrievable sensorsand immunosensors”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,004,907 (“Blood-pressure monitoringdevice featuring a calibration-based analysis”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,895,265(“Implantable sensor”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,731,976 (“Device and method tomeasure and communicate body parameters”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,682,490(“Apparatus and method for monitoring a condition inside a bodycavity”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,475,170 (“Acoustic biosensor for monitoringphysiological conditions in a body implantation site”); U.S. Pat. No.6,268,161 (“Biosensor”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,206,835 (“Remotely interrogateddiagnostic implant device with electrically passive sensor”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,047,203 (“Physiologic signs feedback system”); U.S. Pat. No.6,015,387 (“Implantation devices for monitoring and regulating bloodflow”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,967,986 (“Endoluminal implant with fluid flowsensing capability”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,833,603 (“Implantable biosensingtransponder”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,601,811 (“Substantive water-solublecationic UV-absorbing compounds”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,593,431 (“Medicalservice employing multiple DC accelerometers for patient activity andposture sensing and method”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,188,106 (“Method andapparatus for chronically monitoring the hemodynamic state of a patientusing doppler ultrasound”); U.S. Pat. No. 4,536,274 (“pH and CO.sub.2sensing device and method of making the same”).

Operation 8270 describes invoking circuitry for causing one or morecomparisons between the local respiratory-status-indicative informationabout the first body part of the subject and filtering information atleast partly based on the subject (e.g. module 8172 of decision logic8171 triggering one or more other modules 8174 to compare information8161 with information 8162 received from another module 8152 configuredfor observing another body part 8109 in a vicinity of blood vessel8119). This can occur, for example, in a context in which decision logic8174 receives at least some of the information 8161 about body part 8108via response logic 8168 and in which one or more modules 8172, 8174 ofdecision logic 8171 perform such a comparison within a proximity ofmammal 8103. In some variants, for example, some or all of the filteringinformation may be derived from similar measurements of nearby tissueand/or other information about the “first” body part. Alternatively oradditionally, one or more of the modules 8174 of decision logic 8171 mayretain and/or forward a sample of the information to a central facilityfor other such comparisons or for further evaluation.

In some embodiments, “causing” events can include triggering, producingor otherwise directly or indirectly affecting the events. This caninclude causing the events remotely, concurrently, partially, orotherwise as a “cause in fact,” whether or not a more immediate causealso exists.

In some embodiments, an action can be taken “at least partly based on”some data or event. This can include a context in which the eventdirectly or indirectly triggers or directs the action, or otherwise inwhich the outcome of the action can depend upon some aspect of the data.Those skilled in the art will recognize many such relationships that areuseful in light of the state of the art and of teachings herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for generating and applying quantitative or other comparativecriteria as described herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g.,U.S. Pat. No. 7,304,580 (“Intelligent medical vigilance system”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,286,872 (“Method and apparatus for managing data frommultiple sensing channels”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,218,966 (“Multi-parameterarrhythmia discrimination”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,200,431 (“Implantable bloodflow monitoring system”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,113,819 (“Method and apparatusfor monitoring the condition of a fetus”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,065,465(“Method and system for multi-sensor data fusion”); U.S. Pat. No.6,983,178 (“Probe for use in non-invasive measurements of blood relatedparameters”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,942,616 (“System and method for collectingand transmitting medical data”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,908,431 (“System andmethod for providing feedback to an individual patient for automatedremote patient care”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,809,653 (“Telemeteredcharacteristic monitor system and method of using the same”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,802,811 (“Sensing, interrogating, storing, telemetering andresponding medical implants”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,731,976 (“Device andmethod to measure and communicate body parameters”); U.S. Pat. No.6,478,737 (“System and method for analyzing normalized patient voicefeedback an automated collection and analysis patient care system”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,416,471 (“Portable remote patient telemonitoringsystem”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,387,048 (“Implantable sensor and integritytests therefor”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,336,900 (“Home hub for reportingpatient health parameters”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,312,378 (“System and methodfor automated collection and analysis of patient information retrievedfrom an implantable medical device for remote patient care”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,149,674 (“Patient thermal regulation system”); U.S. Pat. No.6,047,203 (“Physiologic signs feedback system”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,833,603(“Implantable biosensing transponder”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,558,638(“Patient monitor and support system”).

With reference now to FIG. 83, there are shown several variants of theflow 8200 of FIG. 82. Operation 8240—obtaining localrespiratory-status-indicative information about a first body part of asubject—may (optionally) include one or more of the followingoperations: 8346 or 8348. In some embodiments, variants of operation8240 may be performed by one or more instances of processing modules1430, 1650, 1680; response modules 1620; or decision logic 275, 1350,1460, 2250, 2730, 3230, 5750, 5930, 6130, 6395, 7415. Flow 8200 maylikewise (optionally) include one or more of the following operations:8391, 8394 or 8397. Alternatively or additionally, flow 8200 may beperformed in a context as described above with reference to any of FIGS.1-80 and/or in conjunction with other flow variants as described below.

Operation 8346 describes receiving subject-provided data as the localrespiratory-status-indicative information (e.g. term recognition module1625 or other components of response module 1620 receivingsubject-provided data 2921, 2922 directly or indirectly from one or moreinterfaces 2962 or other instruments 2930). This can occur, for example,in a context in which an instance of primary module 1600 of FIG. 16resides within network 2995 and performs operation 8240 by interactingwith one or more instruments 2930 in a proximity of subjects. In somevariants, for example, a software or other term recognition module 1625identifies one or more diagnoses or other symptom-indicative parameters1624 within a subject's speech or other communication 2935.Alternatively or additionally, one or more other modules 1621 may beconfigured to record, report, or otherwise respond to such communication2935 conditionally as described herein, such as by a timely reciprocalcommunication 2935 with subject 2920. In some variants, moreover, one ormore handheld devices 2961 or other interfaces 2962 may performoperation 8346 in relation to a subject within a proximity thereof, suchas by receiving keyed or other input 2965.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for requesting or otherwise receiving demographic parameters,event data, or other data via an interface with subjects as describedherein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,258,666(“System and methods for monitoring a patient's heart condition”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,968,375 (“Networked system for interactive communication andremote monitoring of individuals”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,926,668 (“System andmethod for analyzing normalized patient voice feedback in an automatedcollection and analysis patient care system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,893,396(“Wireless internet bio-telemetry monitoring system and interface”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,755,783 (“Apparatus and method for two-way communicationin a device for monitoring and communicating wellness parameters ofambulatory patients”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,478,737 (“System and method foranalyzing normalized patient voice feedback an automated collection andanalysis patient care system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,168,563 (“Remote healthmonitoring and maintenance system”).

Operation 8348 describes activating one or more sensor-containingmodules in a vicinity of the first body part of the subject (e.g.linking module 1690 transmitting a sonic, optical, or other activationsignal 1693 to an implant 1730 or other suitable device within aproximity of tissue 1725 of subject 1720). This can occur, for example,in embodiments in which such an implant 1730 or hand-held instrument1760 implements one or more primary modules 1600, in which such signals1693 trigger or otherwise enable an effective image capture or otherdetection operation as described herein via one or more transducers 1767or other sensors 1733, and in which a clot or other circulatoryobstruction may otherwise be difficult to locate and treat in time.Alternatively or additionally, such sensors may be configured to includeor otherwise provide data to software 1974 or other such measurementlogic 1975 operable for performing operation 8348 by detecting a statusor other attribute of limb 1722 or other body parts 1920 within aneffective detection range of one or more of the sensor(s).

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for implementing and interacting with decision logic, datacapture or transformation configurations, or other components within orfor use with condition or event detection as described herein withoutundue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,304,580 (“Intelligentmedical vigilance system”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,261,690 (“Apparatus formonitoring health, wellness and fitness”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,155,281(“Complimentary activity sensor network for disease monitoring andtherapy modulation in an implantable device”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,024,234(“Method and apparatus for monitoring the autonomic nervous system”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,984,207 (“Passive physiological monitoring (P2M)system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,980,851 (“Method and apparatus for determiningchanges in heart failure status”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,689,069 (“Apparatusand method for blood pressure pulse waveform contour analysis”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,600,949 (“Method for monitoring heart failure via respiratorypatterns”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,358,201 (“Method and apparatus forfacilitating physiological coherence and autonomic balance”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,312,378 (“System and method for automated collection and analysisof patient information retrieved from an implantable medical device forremote patient care”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,179,793 (“Cardiac assist methodusing an inflatable vest”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,978,693 (“Apparatus andmethod for reduction of motion artifact”); U.S. Pat. No. 4,860,751(“Activity sensor for pacemaker control”).

Operation 8391 describes deciding whether to transmit a notice to a userinterface in response to at least one of the one or more comparisonsbetween the local respiratory-status-indicative information about thefirst body part of the subject and the filtering information at leastpartly based on the subject (e.g. module 1441 of decision logic 1460deciding whether to send one or more notices 1472 via transmitter 1473in response to one or more comparators 1431, 1433). This can occur, forexample, in a context in which decision logic 1460 performs operation8270, in which an interface or other component of remote module 3190 (ofFIG. 31) is configured to receive notice 1471, 1472 or other output1485, and in which the filtering information applied by such comparators1431, 1433 may each apply an identifier, a type, an evaluation, or someother attribute of a specific subject for which such information isrequired or forbidden. In some variants, for example, the informationtransmitted for display may contain all local status indicators derivedor otherwise measured for a medical patient. Alternatively oradditionally, module 1441 may be configured to cause local interface1475 to display or otherwise reveal one or more such notice 1471.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the display of sensor data and/or derived information asdescribed herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.7,321,862 (“System and method for patient-worn monitoring of patients ingeographically dispersed health care locations”); U.S. Pat. No.7,319,386 (“Configurable system for alerting caregivers”); U.S. Pat. No.7,285,090 (“Apparatus for detecting, receiving, deriving and displayinghuman physiological and contextual information”); U.S. Pat. No.6,731,976 (“Device and method to measure and communicate bodyparameters”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,246,992 (“Multiple patient monitoringsystem for proactive health management”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,576,952(“Medical alert distribution system with selective filtering of medicalinformation”); U.S. Publication No. 20040030578 (“Automated clinicalsystem to facilitate secondary review and authentication of clinicallaboratory result values”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,332,502 (“Pipe loadingdevice for a directional drilling apparatus”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,893,396(“Wireless internet bio-telemetry monitoring system and interface”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,304,580 (“Intelligent medical vigilance system”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,694,177 (“Control of data transmission between a remotemonitoring unit and a central unit”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,035,230(“Real-time biological signal monitoring system using radiocommunication network”).

Operation 8394 describes recording at least one difference between thelocal respiratory-status-indicative information about the first bodypart of the subject and the filtering information at least partly basedon the subject (e.g. module 8173 of decision logic 8171 causing arecordation of output 1485 from one or more subtraction modules or othercomparators 1433 that receive such inputs). This can occur, for example,in a context in which one or more rotating storage media or otherstorage devices 1492 are operatively coupled directly or indirectly toprimary module 1400, in which primary module 1400 includes or otherwiseinteracts with circuitry 8170, and in which module 8173 of decisionlogic 8171 is configured to invoke device 1492 for recording suchoutputs. Such event information may include an identifier, a type, orsome other attribute of a specific subject to which the informationpertains. Alternatively or additionally, such recordable output 1485 maylikewise contain the respiratory-status-indicative information and thefiltering information to which it was compared.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for recording of event information resulting from the comparisonof measured and/or derived information to filtering information asdescribed herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.7,226,422 (“Detection of congestion from monitoring patient response toa recumbent position”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,127,370 (“Attitude indicator andactivity monitoring device”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,980,851 (“Method andapparatus for determining changes in heart failure status”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,978,182 (“Advanced patient management system includinginterrogator/transceiver unit”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,881,192 (“Measurementof sleep apnea duration and evaluation of response therapies usingduration metrics”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,336,903 (“Automated collection andanalysis patient care system and method for diagnosing and monitoringcongestive heart failure and outcomes thereof”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,035,230(“Real-time biological signal monitoring system using radiocommunication network”).

Operation 8397 describes detecting an apparently-normal-respirationindicator from the one or more comparisons between the localrespiratory-status-indicative information about the first body part ofthe subject and the filtering information at least partly based on thesubject (e.g. module 3221 of decision logic 3230 determining that nocellular-respiration-abnormality-indicative criteria 3227 are apparentlysatisfied by recent measurements 3238 of a subject). This can occur, forexample, in a context where one or more respiratory-status-indicativeinformation comparisons are used to assess the status of the “first”body part 3272 of subject 3270 and in which such specific detection mayhelp avoid damage to a subject's heart or brain. In one variant, one ormore comparison results 3233, 3235 are correlated with one or more priorcomparison results 3231, 3232 or other historic filtering information toavoid a (false) positive notification 3212 about a body part in acontext in which the body part's respiratory status is apparentlynormal.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for assessing respiratory-status-indicative informationincluding discrimination against false event recording and notificationfrom the first body part of the subject as described herein withoutundue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,277,747 (“Arrhythmiamemory for tachyarrhythmia discrimination”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,269,483(“Multiple algorithm event discrimination method”); U.S. Pat. No.7,248,921 (“Method and devices for performing cardiac waveformappraisal”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,189,204 (“Sleep detection using anadjustable threshold”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,990,980 (“Carbon dioxide-basedBi-level CPAP control”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,312,378 (“System and method forautomated collection and analysis of patient information retrieved froman implantable medical device for remote patient care”).

With reference now to FIG. 84, there are shown several variants of theflow 8200 of FIG. 82 or 83. Operation 8240—obtaining localrespiratory-status-indicative information about a first body part of asubject—may (optionally) include one or more of the followingoperations: 8443 or 8447. In some embodiments, variants of operation8240 may be performed by one or more instances of processing modules1430, 1650, 1680; transducers 1990; or local modules 2320, 2450, 2510,2690, 7931, 7932. Operation 8270—invoking circuitry for causing one ormore comparisons between the local respiratory-status-indicativeinformation about the first body part of the subject and filteringinformation at least partly based on the subject—may include one or moreof the following operations: 8471, 8474, 8476 or 8479. In someembodiments, variants of operation 8270 may be performed by invocationlogic 3140 and/or by one or more instances of decision logic 275, 1350,1460, 2250, 2730, 3230, 5750, 5930, 6130, 6395, 7415. Alternatively oradditionally, flow 8200 may be performed in a context as described abovewith reference to any of FIGS. 1-80 and/or in conjunction with otherflow variants as described below.

Operation 8443 describes obtaining at least some of the localrespiratory-status-indicative information via one or more opticalsensors (e.g. one or more infrared sensors 1982 or other transducers1990 detecting colorimetric or other optical data 1978 indicating anoxygenation of blood 1923 in one or more arteries or other vessels 1929upstream of a subject's brain or other organ 1927). This can occur, forexample, in embodiments in which one or more instances of interfacelogic 1970 perform operation 8240 by sensing or otherwise obtainingindications of blood or other materials from within tissue 1925, such asby implant 1940 and/or an instrument as described herein. Alternativelyor additionally, one or more component modules 1621, 1622 of responsemodule 1620 of FIG. 16 may perform operation 8443 by triggeringprocessing module 1680 to derive the local respiratory-status-indicativeinformation from such indications. This can occur, for example, inembodiments in which decision logic 1460 of FIG. 14 performs operation8270 with other respiratory-status-indicative information 1456 asdescribed herein, such as may be provided by linking module 1690 in acontext in which primary module 1600 (of FIG. 16) comprises one or moreinstances of interface logic 1970 (of FIG. 19) in network 1490.Alternatively or additionally, processing module 1430 may receive fluidmovement data 1453, pressure-fluctuation data 1452, or other suchinformation 1455 indicative of an apparently healthy flow of blood 1923through a vital organ 1927 or other tissue 1925.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for obtaining subject status information through the use of oneor more optical measurement systems as described herein without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,308,292 (“Optical-basedsensing devices”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,305,262 (“Apparatus and method foracquiring oximetry and electrocardiogram signals”); U.S. Pat. No.7,280,858 (“Pulse oximetry sensor”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,004,907(“Blood-pressure monitoring device featuring a calibration-basedanalysis”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,755,741 (“Body position and activitysensor”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,601,811 (“Substantive water-soluble cationicUV-absorbing compounds”); U.S. Publication No. 20030050542 (“Device forin-vivo measurement of the concentration of a substance contained in abody fluid”); U.S. Publication No. 20020016535 (“Subcutaneous glucosemeasurement device”) or U.S. Pat. No. 7,181,054 (“System for processingimage representative data”).

Operation 8447 describes obtaining an indication of a respiratory statuswithin a limb as the local respiratory-status-indicative information(e.g. registry 1685 receiving one or more readings 1681, 1682 from avessel 1929 routing blood 1923 to or from limb tissue). This can occur,for example, in embodiments in which primary system 1600 (of FIG. 16)includes or otherwise interacts with an instrument 1960 configured tomonitor a subject's limb, in which one or more such readings areobtained by a transducer 1767 or other sensors 1733 and/or an implant1730 or other instrument 1760, and in which at least some of primarymodule 1600 performs operation 8240 using one or more readings 1681,1682 and/or information derived from such readings by processing module1680. Alternatively or additionally, subject-provided data 2922 receivedvia a handheld device, microphone, or other component of interface 2926may include an auditory or other identifier 2923 of a limb experiencinga symptom, for example. Such information may enable or triggermonitoring or other measurements via sensors as described herein, forexample, or may enable or trigger a notice to an interface as describedbelow with reference to operation 8471.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the monitoring of the respiratory-status-information and/orsubject evaluation of the respiratory status of a body part or regionincluding remote monitoring and evaluation of this information asdescribed herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.7,077,809 (“System for measuring and analyzing vasodilatation index”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,983,178 (“Probe for use in non-invasive measurements ofblood related parameters”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,939,304 (“Method andapparatus for non-invasively evaluating endothelial activity in apatient”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,926,668 (“System and method for analyzingnormalized patient voice feedback in an automated collection andanalysis patient care system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,878,111 (“System formeasuring subjective well being”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,740,045 (“Centralblood pressure waveform estimation device and peripheral blood pressurewaveform detection device”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,720,712 (“Piezoelectricidentification device and applications thereof”); U.S. Pat. No.6,540,668 (“Endoscope with a coupling device (video coupler) forconnection of a video camera”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,445,945 (“Non-invasivedetection of endothelial dysfunction by blood flow measurement inopposed limbs using tracer injection”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,282,441 (“Healthmonitoring system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,152,881 (“Calibrated measurement ofblood vessels and endothelium after reactive hyperemia and methodtherefor”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,941,829 (“Concurrent medical patient dataand voice communication method and apparatus”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,671,750(“Peripheral blood-flow condition monitor”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,497,787(“Limb monitoring method and associated apparatus”).

Operation 8471 describes deriving the filtering information at leastpartly from respiratory-status-indicative information about a secondbody part of the subject (e.g. module 3142 adjusting one or morethresholds 3167 of filtering information 3170 to a higher value 3165 inresponse to a higher pressure measurement 3132 or other indication 3130of a measurable attribute increase in a subject's limb 1722). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which invocation logic 3140 performsoperation 8270 and in which one or more data filters 3152, 3189 areconfigured to apply one or more such new values 3165, 3161 tomeasurements 3131 or other respiratory status indicators 3130 obtainedfrom another limb 1721 of the subject. Alternatively or additionally,some such thresholds 3167 or other values 3155 may be derived byarithmetically combining quantities relating to matched body parts,other subject locations, and/or systemic values. In some variants,moreover, historical data ranges relating to a common sensor,subpopulation, or body part may likewise bear upon such values asdescribed herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the use of historic and/or concurrent status informationderived from one or more additional body parts of the subject or fromother similar subjects to evaluate status information derived from thefirst body part as described herein without undue experimentation. See,e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,312,619 (“Multiple local probe measuring deviceand method”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,098,678 (“Multiple local probe measuringdevice and method”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,098,673 (“Capacitive measuringsystem”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,052,474 (“Pharyngoesophageal monitoringsystems”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,047,149 (“Optical measurement instrument andoptical measurement method”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,943,574 (“Multiple localprobe measuring device and method”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,822,564 (“Parallelmeasurement alarm processor”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,798,226 (“Multiple localprobe measuring device and method”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,583,411 (“Multiplelocal probe measuring device and method”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,545,603(“Measuring device using an indirect measurement of permittivity”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,238,349 (“Method and apparatus for noninvasive determinationof cardiac performance parameters”).

Operation 8474 describes causing at least one of the one or morecomparisons to occur while the subject sleeps (e.g. invocation module1412 directly or indirectly triggering one or more comparators 1432,3198 configured to determine whether a sleeping subject's current sensedata 1451 apparently indicates an occluded blood vessel or other localrespiratory abnormality in a weight-bearing or other peripheral bodypart). This can occur, for example, in a context in which one or moreprimary modules 1400, 3180 receives sense data 1451 from sensors 3284 asdescribed herein, such as by implementing system 3200 of FIG. 32, and inwhich such timely detection may avoid a need for more intrusivemeasures. In some variants, for example, one or more sensor(s) 3284and/or detection logic 3285 of apparatus 3290 may make basic or coarsedeterminations locally and frequently. In various embodiments asdescribed herein, one or more criteria 3226, 3287 may be used indeciding whether to signal a subject, whether to signal a care provider,whether to trigger further measurement and/or analysis, whether toforward data from apparatus 3290 to filtering module 3210, or whether toinvoke other modules or protocols as described herein. Invocation module1412 may (optionally) be configured for triggering one or morecomparators remotely if and only if one or more other comparators 1432signals a positive result, for example. Alternatively or additionally,invocation module 1442 can be implemented in a system comprising one ormore of an adhesive 3282, a wearable or other manipulable apparatus3290, a bed or other item 3150 of furniture, a detection module 1411operable for determining whether a subject is apparently asleep, avehicle 1470 as described herein, or otherwise in configurations asdescribed herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for obtaining a set of respiratory-status-indicative informationbased upon and/or independent of the sleep state of the subject asdescribed herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.7,319,899 (“Sensing techniques for implantable medical devices”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,306,565 (“Ear temperature monitor and method of temperaturemeasurement”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,189,204 (“Sleep detection using anadjustable threshold”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,187,960 (“Apparatus and methodfor measuring biologic parameters”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,164,941 (“Methodand system for contactless monitoring and evaluation of sleep states ofa user”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,993,380 (“Quantitative sleep analysis methodand system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,835,351 (“Optical-chemical sensor”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,773,404 (“Discriminating between an awake phase and a sleepphase of a patient in an active implantable medical device”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,363,270 (“Monitoring the occurrence of apneic and hypopneicarousals”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,161,041 (“Pacemaker system with diurnalpattern controlled overdrive for prevention of tachycardia”); or U.S.Pat. No. 7,003,340 (“Electrochemical analyte sensor”).

Operation 8476 describes detecting an apparent vascular flow change as aresult of the one or more comparisons between the localrespiratory-status-indicative information about the first body part ofthe subject and filtering information at least partly based on thesubject (e.g. one or more modules 3142, 3143 triggering one or moreresults 3136, 3137 of one or more comparisons between earlierindications 3115, 3183 and later indications 3125, 3184 of flow in thesubject). This can occur, for example, in a context in which one or moresuch indications 3183-3185 are extracted from measurements or otherevent-indicative records 3110, 3120, in which invocation logic 3140performs operation 8270 by invoking evaluation logic 3197 (remotely) orother data filters 3151 that perform such comparisons. Such filteringinformation 3170 may (optionally) be partly based upon contemporaneouslocal respiratory-status-indicative information obtained from other bodyparts of the subject, for example, to ascertain whether a detectedchange is apparently vascular, as described herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for monitoring apparent vascular flow, detecting apparentchanges within parts of a subject, or evaluating such phenomena asdescribed herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.7,331,928 (“Ultrasonic doppler bloodstream measurement device”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,297,280 (“Method and apparatus to measure blood flow inhemodialysis shunts”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,289,927 (“Method and apparatusfor the monitoring of body temperature and/or blood flow”); U.S. Pat.No. 7,254,432 (“Method and device for non-invasive measurements of bloodparameters”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,226,415 (“Microwave hemorrhagic strokedetector”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,200,431 (“Implantable blood flow monitoringsystem”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,195,598 (“Method for determining theeffectiveness of a medical therapy by analysis of collateral vessels”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,171,251 (“Physiological stress detector device andsystem”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,128,713 (“Doppler ultrasound method andapparatus for monitoring blood flow and hemodynamics”); U.S. Pat. No.6,740,042 (“Bilateral simultaneous doppler measurement of segmentedsphygmomanometry”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,520,919 (“Inferior-and-superior-limbblood-pressure-index measuring apparatus”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,413,223(“Cuffless continuous blood pressure monitor”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,117,087(“Method and apparatus for noninvasive assessment of a subject'scardiovascular system”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,724,983 (“Continuous monitoringusing a predictive instrument”).

Operation 8479 describes causing at least one of the one or morecomparisons between the local respiratory-status-indicative informationabout the first body part of the subject and the filtering informationat least partly based on the subject to be performed remotely (e.g.module 3141 transmitting one or more indications 3181, 3182 of anapparent respiratory status of a part of a subject's body to enableremote module 3190 to compare such indications each against one or morecomparative determinants as described herein). This can occur, forexample, in a context in which invocation logic 3140 performs operation8270, in which system 300 of FIG. 3 implements primary module 3180, andin which one or more instances of remote modules 3190 receiveindications of age, pathology, gender, risk profile, or other suchcategories or measurements 1458 of determinant data 1459 relating toeach of one or more subjects 310, 320 to be used in the comparison(s).In some variants, for example, remote module 3190 may implement a dataaggregator, expert system, and/or other system described herein operablefor analyzing one or more indications 311-314 of a current status of thelegs of subject 310. This may facilitate a health care professionaldefining, applying, or adjusting the filtering information to update oneor more heuristic models, such as by discounting an indication 314 of arespiratory deficiency in a left thigh in response to a correspondingindication 312 of a respiratory deficiency in the corresponding (left)calf. In a context in which one or more such indications suggest adangerous clot or other urgent situation in a context like that of FIGS.3-6, for example, a caregiver station or other entity nearby may receivea timely notification as described herein. In an embodiment in which thecontext of FIG. 8 or FIG. 2 includes primary module 1400, for example,one or more indications as described herein may include globalpositioning system (GPS) coordinates, a seat identifier, or other suchlocation-descriptive information 1457 suitable for use by suchcaregivers.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the transmission of current information and/or for theprogrammatic evaluation of subject-health-related information asdescribed herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.7,319,386 (“Configurable system for alerting caregivers”); U.S. Pat. No.7,311,665 (“Bio-information sensor monitoring system and method”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,304,580 (“Intelligent medical vigilance system”); U.S. Pat.No. 7,258,670 (“System and method for diagnosing and monitoringrespiratory insufficiency for automated remote patient care”); U.S. Pat.No. 7,200,431 (“Implantable blood flow monitoring system”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,454,705 (“Medical wellness parameters management system, apparatusand method”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,416,471 (“Portable remote patienttelemonitoring system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,409,662 (“Patient interfacesystem”); U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2007/0010719 (“Remote access to healthcaredevice diagnostic information”).

With reference now to FIG. 85, shown is a system 8500 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented. An adhesive, rigid, or other mesh8531 is configured to hold one or more sensors 8561, 8562, modules 8563,or other such structures on or near a subject's skin 8502 as describedherein. Alternatively or additionally, special-purpose or othercircuitry 8590 may include one or more instances of interface 8575,memory 8578, communication ports 8579, decision logic 8585, filteringcriteria 8588, or other such structures described herein, for example,configured to receive information 8521, 8522 along respective conduitsor other signal paths 8538. Data 8573, 8574 may include one or moreinstances of measurements 8571 and/or shape-indicative images 8572 insome variants, for example. Decision logic 8585 may likewise handle oneor more notifications 8581, modules 8582, or decisions 8583 as describedbelow.

With reference now to FIG. 86, shown is a flow 8600 comprising operation8610—obtaining local thermal information about a peripheral part of abody of a subject (e.g. interface 8575 receiving one or moremeasurements 8571, infrared images 8572, or other information 8521, 8522indicating local thermal variations in respective portions of thesubject's skin 8502). This can occur, for example, in a context in whichmesh 8531 is configured to bear the subject's weight and/or hold one ormore sensors 8561, 8562 or other modules 8563 adjacent the subject'sskin 8502. In some variants, for example, interface 8575 may apply oneor more filtering criteria 8588 for extracting a selection or otherindication of such data 8573, 8574 for transmission to memory 8578,communication port 8579, and/or decision logic 8585. Alternatively oradditionally, such data 8574 may (optionally) contain one or moreindications of pressure, pathology, concentration, type, level change,timing, or other such parameters for use by other modules as describedherein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for receiving, extracting, or otherwise obtaining thermalindications via sensors or other structures in, on, or near body partsas described herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat.No. 6,983,178 (“Probe for use in non-invasive measurements of bloodrelated parameters”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,975,232 (“Apparatus and method for“seeing” foot inside of shoe to determine the proper fit of the shoe”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,340,293 (“Methods and apparatus for a remote,noninvasive technique to detect core body temperature in a subject viathermal imaging”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,275,867 (“Probe assembly of infraredthermometer”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,087,903 (“Gamma camera and CT system”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,979,293 (“Blood flow reestablishment determination”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,542,767 (“Method and system for controlling heatdelivery to a target”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,402,371 (“Axillary infraredthermometer and method of use”).

Operation 8660 describes signaling a decision whether to transmit anotification in response to one or more comparisons between filteringinformation specific to an attribute of the subject and the localthermal information about the peripheral part of the body of the subject(e.g. decision logic 8585 queuing or otherwise causing a transmission ofone or more notifications 8581 only if module 8582 generates anaffirmative decision 8583). This can occur, for example, in a context inwhich circuitry 8590 is physically implemented within module 8563 orotherwise near mesh 8531, in which one or more filtering criteria 8588are suitable for use with at least some thermal component of data 8573,8574, and in which module 8582 will generate a negative decision if noneof the one or more comparisons between the filtering information and thethermal information indicate a roughly simultaneous interpositionaltemperature difference greater than a given threshold. In some variants,an instance of decision logic 8585 may be configured to detecttemperature gradient that exceeds 1° C. for about ten minutes or more,for example, or otherwise to decide whether the subject's skin 8502apparently indicates a localized area of persistent warmth or coolness.Alternatively or additionally, an instance of decision logic 8585 may beconfigured to detect a locality of high pressure, discoloration,swelling, or other attributes of an objectively detectable trend thatpersists for more than a given threshold of time (e.g. on the order ofan hour or a day, in some contexts). In some variants in which circuitry8590 is implemented in a distributed configuration, moreover, one ormore modules of decision logic 8585 may be implemented at an aggregationsite, optionally remote from one or more subjects, such as to facilitatecomplex image processing, expert participation, or other suchresource-intensive analysis.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for handling destinations, abstentions, conditions,configurations, or other notification decisions as described hereinwithout undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,340,687(“Display control device and method”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,296,042 (“Systemand method for enabling communication among arbitrary components”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,284,061 (“Obtaining temporary exclusive control of adevice”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,263,073 (“Systems and methods for enabling amobile user to notify an automated monitoring system of an emergencysituation”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,216,263 (“Performance monitoring andnotification in a threshold sensitive storage management system”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,196,620 (“Sensor monitoring apparatus, monitoring system,sensor monitoring method and program”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,180,983(“Guidance information notification apparatus in communication networksystem, communication network system and guidance informationnotification method”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,174,005 (“School-widenotification and response system”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,155,729 (“Method andsystem for displaying transient notifications”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,143,222(“Adaptive message delivery system”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,136,357(“Transmission path controlling apparatus and transmission pathcontrolling method as well as medium having transmission pathcontrolling program recorded thereon”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,088,993(“Optimized message notification”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,039,698(“Notification device interaction”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,886,002(“Computational architecture for managing the transmittal and renderingof information, alerts, and notifications”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,871,214(“Generating and providing alert messages in a communications network”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,690,267 (“Remotely controllable bicycle lock and alarmsystem”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,687,230 (“Routing system and method”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,591,182 (“Decision making process and manual for diagnostictrend analysis”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,513,026 (“Decision theoreticprinciples and policies for notification”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,438,216(“Nonintrusive call notification method and system usingcontent-specific information”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,195,571 (“Electronicapparatus capable of automatically switching notification devices”);U.S. Pat. No. 5,740,540 (“Method for telephone number notification andstorage in a portable radio”).

With reference now to FIG. 87, there are shown several variants of theflow 8600 of FIG. 86. Operation 8610—obtaining local thermal informationabout a peripheral part of a body of a subject—may (optionally) includeone or more of the following operations: 8713 or 8717. In someembodiments, variants of operation 8610 may be performed by one or moreinstances of local modules 2320, 2450, 2510, 2690 configured to handlesensor data; event detection logic 2333 or other detection logic 180,640, 880, 1275, 3285, 3550, 7940; or other devices configured forthermal imaging, statistical analysis, or other modes of facilitatingdata evaluations by various users. Operation 8660—signaling a decisionwhether to transmit a notification in response to one or morecomparisons between filtering information specific to an attribute ofthe subject and the local thermal information about the peripheral partof the body of the subject—may include one or more of the followingoperations: 8762, 8763, 8765 or 8769. In some embodiments, variants ofoperation 8660 may be performed by one or more instances of evaluationlogic 150, 250, 950, 1530, 7565; decision logic 275, 1350, 1460, 2250,2730, 3230, 5750, 5930, 6130, 6395, 7415, or other processing orcommunication devices as described herein. Alternatively oradditionally, flow 8600 may be performed in a context as described abovewith reference to any of FIGS. 1-80 and/or in conjunction with otherflow variants as described below.

Operation 8713 describes obtaining a first thermal indicator inassociation with a first location and a second thermal indicator inassociation with a second location (e.g. sensors 126, 127, 128 takingtemperature-indicative readings at their respective locations in zones111, 112, 113). This can occur, for example, in embodiments in whichmodule 141 performs operation 8610 and in which comparator 130 performsoperation 8660 by applying filtering information 131 to the thermal,temporal, and other data from the sensors. Alternatively oradditionally, module 141 may perform operation 8713 by receiving athermal image of a subject's limb or other such data associated with arange of locations.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for detecting, analyzing, or otherwise handlingtemperature-indicative data in various contexts as described hereinwithout undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,336,202(“Temperature monitoring device”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,318,004 (“Temperatureprediction system and method”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,264,591 (“System andmethod for monitoring air flow from a person”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,843,774(“Technique for diagnosing attention deficit hyperactivity disorder”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,445,183 (“Magnetic resonance image diagnosingapparatus”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,299,347 (“Ambient and perfusion normalizedtemperature detector”).

Operation 8717 describes capturing one or more shape-indicative imagesin the local thermal information about the peripheral part of the bodyof the subject (e.g. recorder 148 recording one or more images 1697 froma thermal sensor array into a memory or other media 1695). This canoccur, for example, in embodiments in which primary module 1600 (of FIG.16) implements evaluation logic 150 (of FIG. 1) and in which one or moreactive sets of infrared sensors 1982 or other optical sensors areconfigured to apply respective-set-specific intensity thresholds 1651,1653 and/or frequency thresholds 1652, 1654. Such an embodiment may beused, for example, to estimate an areal expansion or other gradientrelating to a region of abnormal temperature. Alternatively oradditionally, such data may be used to derive an aspect ratio, a shapetype, or other such shape-indicative attributes 1699 of developinginfections, circulatory problems, or other such thermally detectablelocal abnormalities 105.

Operation 8762 describes deciding not to transmit the notificationresponsive to none of the one or more comparisons between the filteringinformation and the local thermal information indicating a thermalabnormality (e.g. one or more modules 1531 of evaluation logic 1530deciding whether to transmit notification 1580 in the negativeresponsive to one or more results 1523 of applying one or morethresholds 1561, 1562 or other criteria 1573). This can occur, forexample, in a context in which the result(s) 1523 indicate a normalthermal measurement relative to one or more normality thresholds 1561such as those described herein and in which one or more users haveindicated an availability to receive such notifications. Such decisionsmay likewise result from one or more auditory or other non-thermalindications of normalcy such as counter-indicia of pathologiesidentified herein. Alternatively or additionally, one or more suchmodules 1531, 1532 may be configured to generate such a negativedecision in response to a prior notification recipient or other user'sresponse directing or otherwise warranting that notification 1580 not besent.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for selective communications incorporating triage protocols orother programmatic responses as described herein without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,299,157 (“Event analysissystem method and software”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,228,315(“Computer-automated implementation of user-definable decision rules formedical diagnostic or screening interpretations”); U.S. Pat. No.7,213,009 (“Systems and methods for manipulating medical data via adecision support system”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,209,671 (“Multiple detectordecision receiver”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,116,825 (“Multilevel chain-and-treemodel for image-based decisions”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,830,549 (“Method andapparatus for providing patient care”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,751,255(“Decision feedback analyzer with filter compensation”); U.S. Pat. No.6,636,621 (“Systems and methods with identity verification by comparison& interpretation of skin patterns such as fingerprints”); U.S. Pat. No.6,629,937 (“System for processing audio, video and other data formedical diagnosis and other applications”).

Operation 8763 describes associating the subject with one or more of aduration indicator or a pathology indicator (e.g. module 3061 providingaccess to table 3010 or other structures 3020 operable for containing orotherwise facilitating one or more duration or pathology indicators3023, 3024 or other event or status indicators 3022 responsive to one ormore subject identifiers 3034 or other search terms 3030). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which at least some such indicatorsreside in a common record 3013 satisfying one or more search terms 3030.Alternatively or additionally, in some variants, a notification asdescribed herein may refer to a recipient or be sent to a recipientinterface or user having a priori knowledge of such an association.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for communicating event or status indications relating to asubject as described herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g.,U.S. Pat. No. 7,248,916 (“Automated system and method for establishing apatient status reference baseline”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,232,158 (“Fittingfor formation of a fluid-conducting connection”); U.S. Pat. No.7,177,699 (“Lifestyle management system”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,122,005(“Remote patient monitoring system with garment and automated medicationdispenser”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,840,117 (“Patient monitoring systememploying array of force sensors on a bedsheet or similar substrate”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,783,492 (“System and method for monitoring bodyfunctions”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,616,606 (“Patient monitoring system”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,584,931 (“System and method for controlling and monitoringthe operation of an automatic milking system”).

Operation 8765 describes selecting at least one destination in responseto at least one of the one or more comparisons between the filteringinformation and the local thermal information (e.g. one or more modules1534 selecting one or more first-type destinations 1583, 1591 inresponse to a comparison result 1522 and otherwise selecting one or moresecond-type destinations 1584, 1592). This can occur, for example, in atriage protocol in which such results 1522 respectively reflect greaterand lesser degrees of urgency or in which the second-type destination1584 of notification 1580 identifies a notification recipient list andin which a subject is unconscious, unable to communicate, or otherwisevulnerable to such thermally-manifested pathologies. Alternatively oradditionally, module 1534 may likewise select among risk-indicative data1553 or other available content 1581, 1582 for inclusion in each suchnotification in response to one or more other evaluation results 1521 asdescribed herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for notification routing or other modes of destination selectionas described herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat.No. 7,286,648 (“Emergency locator system”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,260,064(“Method and apparatus for performing network routing based on queuelengths”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,212,111 (“Method and system for use inemergency notification and determining location”); U.S. Pat. No.7,203,294 (“System and method for dynamically routing communications”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,116,655 (“Telecommunication system for automaticallylocating by network connection and selectively delivering calls tomobile client devices”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,970,847 (“Business method forsecure document folder distribution”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,638,218 (“Systemand method for delivering medical examination, diagnosis, and treatmentover a network”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,539,302 (“Method, system, and articleof manufacture for providing notification of traffic conditions”).

Operation 8769 describes generating the filtering information partlybased on the attribute of the subject and partly based on an attributeof a caregiver (e.g. module 2244 configuring one or more parameters2247, 2248 in response to one or more indications 2261, 2263 of thesubject's age or apparent pathology and in response to one or moreindications 2262, 2264 of a notification recipient's apparentavailability). This can occur, for example, in contexts in whichdecision logic 2250 performs operation 8660 and in which (a) anindication 2261 of an elderly or otherwise at-risk patient and/or (b) anindication 2262 of an “available” caregiver status warrant anincrementally narrower range of “normal” thermal information. Such anarrowing may be accomplished by an increased minimum and/or by adecreased maximum, for example, applied to a measurement or otherquantitative determinant as described herein. Alternatively oradditionally, one or more other such indications 2263, 2264 may likewiseaffect one or more parameters used in other filtering as describedherein. In some variants, moreover, such filtering information maylikewise depend on one or more expert inputs, operational parameters2248, or other programmatic updates as described herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for adaptive or other conditional data evaluation as describedherein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,123,950(“Nuisance alarm reductions in a physiological monitor”); U.S. Pat. No.7,079,035 (“Method and apparatus for controlling an alarm whilemonitoring”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,996,427 (“Pulse oximetry data confidenceindicator”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,898,585 (“Fuzzy logic method for adaptivelyevaluating the validity of sensor data”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,569,095(“Adaptive selection of a warning limit in patient monitoring”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,473,708 (“Device and method for self-verifying temperaturemeasurement and control”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,241,661 (“Selecting limitvalues in particular for patient monitoring systems”); U.S. Pat. No.6,047,201 (“Infant blood oxygen monitor and SIDS warning device”).

With reference now to FIG. 88, there are shown several variants of theflow 8600 of FIG. 86 or 87. Operation 8610—obtaining local thermalinformation about a peripheral part of a body of a subject—may(optionally) include one or more of the following operations: 8812 or8819. In some embodiments, variants of operation 8610 may be performedby one or more instances of interface 2260; apparatus 3290; or othersuch sensor-containing, communication, or processing devices. Operation8660—signaling a decision whether to transmit a notification in responseto one or more comparisons between filtering information specific to anattribute of the subject and the local thermal information about theperipheral part of the body of the subject—may include one or more ofthe following operations: 8861, 8864, 8867 or 8868. In some embodiments,variants of operation 8660 may be performed by one or more modules 251of evaluation logic 150, 250, 950, 1530, 7565; processing logic 1180,3070; or other circuitry or software as described herein. Alternativelyor additionally, flow 8600 may be performed in a context as describedabove with reference to any of FIGS. 1-80 and/or in conjunction withother flow variants as described below.

Operation 8812 describes receiving a result of a remote entity comparingthe local thermal information about the peripheral part of the body ofthe subject with other thermal information about the body of the subject(e.g. port 2255 receiving one or more results 2251, 2252 from a server2220, interface 2210, or other resource that is remote from subject2270). This can occur, for example, in a context in which sensors 2268and/or interface 2260 facilitates measurements or other indications2261-2264 being taken from a limb or other peripheral body part 2271 andfrom another such body part 2272 of subject 2270. In variousconfigurations as described herein, such measurements or other data maybe derived from respective sensor-containing modules in, on, orotherwise within a proximity 2277 of such body parts 2271, 2272.Alternatively or additionally, in some variants, a skilled or other usermay position one or more sensors successively to take such data at eachof such body parts 2271, 2272, optionally in response to audibledirections transmitted via an output device such as speaker 2267. SeeFIGS. 18, 21, & 93.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for transmitting requests, receiving guidance, or otherwiseinteracting with a remote service as described herein without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,336,166 (“Remote monitoringsystem and method using the same”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,320,030 (“Remotehealth monitoring apparatus using scripted communications”); U.S. Pat.No. 7,308,492 (“Method and apparatus for use in remote diagnostics”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,283,153 (“Home-based remote medical assistance”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,202,844 (“Liquid crystal display controller and liquidcrystal display”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,984,207 (“Passive physiologicalmonitoring (P2M) system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,908,431 (“System and methodfor providing feedback to an individual patient for automated remotepatient care”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,847,913 (“Ambulatory surface skintemperature monitor”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,839,455 (“System and method forproviding information for detected pathological findings”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,505,196 (“Method and apparatus for improving access toliterature”).

Operation 8819 describes obtaining a current indication of a coretemperature of the body of the subject (e.g. one or more thermometers orother sensors 3284 taking one or measurements 3238 indicative of a coretemperature of subject 3270 such as tympanic membrane and/or basaltemperature data 3261). This can occur, for example, in a context inwhich decision logic 3230 and/or apparatus 3290 perform operation 8610and in which one or more modules 3222 of decision logic 3230 areconfigured to determine whether a detected temperature change in aperipheral or other body part 3272 apparently reflects a circadian orother systemic phenomenon. Alternatively or additionally, one or moreother modules 3223 may apply decision criteria 3226 or other suchfiltering information derived from other subjects of a commonsubpopulation (e.g. of the same age as subject 3270), from other data3262 from one or more comparable body parts 3271 of the same subject3270, and/or from earlier-acquired data 3263 from the same peripheralpart 3272 as described herein.

Operation 8861 describes recording the decision whether to transmit thenotification with a timestamp (e.g. module 3063 recording an affirmativeor other decision 3004 contemporaneous with a date or other indication3005 of when such decisions were made or communicated). This can occur,for example, in a context in which system 200 of FIG. 2 or other systemsdescribed herein implement module 3063, with or without a common mediumholding such modules or other elements. Alternatively or additionally,such records 3011, 3012, 3013 may likewise include one or moresupporting items indicative of a destination, a content component, asuccess, or other such attributes of decision 3004. In some variants,for example, indication 3005 may reflect one or more of (a) whenoperation 8861 was performed, (b) when decision 3004 was obtained, (c)when such a notification arrived, or (d) when one or more of thecomparisons were performed or obtained.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for indicating when a transmission decision was enabled orotherwise acted upon as described herein without undue experimentation.See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,225,013 (“Adaptive prediction of changes ofphysiological/pathological states using processing of biomedicalsignals”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,200,682 (“Time stamp generating system”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,117,037 (“Event marker alignment by inclusion of eventmarker transmission latency in the real-time data stream”); U.S. Pat.No. 7,062,528 (“Method and system for identifying a time specificevent”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,961,327 (“TCP aware local retransmissionerscheme for unreliable transmission network”).

Operation 8864 describes triggering a retrieval of the filteringinformation with an invocation that recites at least the attribute ofthe subject (e.g. module 3062 requesting or otherwise triggering asearch for one or more records 3012 containing suitable quantitativeinformation or other filtering data 3090 by transmitting one or moremeasurements 3085 as described herein or other indications 3081, 3082physically obtained from or otherwise specific to the subject). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which decision logic 275 of FIG. 2or response logic 335 of FIG. 3 implements processing logic 3070configured to interact with any of subjects 310, 1720, 1910, 3270 orothers described herein and in which processing logic 3070 performs atleast operation 8660 with reference to any of notifications 2241, 2242,3051, 3052 or others described herein. Alternatively or additionally, insome variants, one or more component indications 3081 of the filteringdata 3090 may be derived from current or prior data from a subject asdescribed herein without such retrieval and/or filtering.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for extracting comparative parameters or otherwise configuringsuitable data filters as described herein without undue experimentation.See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,258,670 (“System and method for diagnosingand monitoring respiratory insufficiency for automated remote patientcare”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,248,916 (“Automated system and method forestablishing a patient status reference baseline”); U.S. Pat. No.7,225,013 (“Adaptive prediction of changes of physiological/pathologicalstates using processing of biomedical signals”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,147,600(“System and method for determining a reference baseline of patientinformation”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,993,167 (“System and method forexamining, recording and analyzing dermatological conditions”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,887,201 (“System and method for determining a referencebaseline of regularly retrieved patient information for automated remotepatient care”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,687,544 (“System and method fordetermining safety alert conditions for implantable medical devices”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,611,846 (“Method and system for medical patient dataanalysis”).

Operation 8867 describes selecting the notification in response to theone or more comparisons between the filtering information and the localthermal information (e.g. one or more modules 3064 selectingnotification 3051 only if the thermal information passes one or morecriteria 3035 and notification 3052 otherwise, or only if the thermalinformation passes one or more other criteria). This can occur in acontext in which circuitry 280 includes or otherwise interacts withinterface 3000 of FIG. 30, in which information 271 comprises thethermal information and reflects a circulatory obstruction or otherpathology local to a limb or other peripheral body part, in whichprocessing logic 3070 performs operation 8660, and in which acirculatory obstruction may be difficult to locate and treat in time. Insome variants, for example, one or more modules 272, 273 of decisionlogic 275 may be configured to sound a local alarm (to notify apassenger, e.g.) for a local thermal deviation of at least X and tosound a remote alarm (to notify a caregiver, e.g.) for a local thermaldeviation of at least X+Y. (In such a context, for example, X and Y mayeach be 0.3° C., 1° C., or 3° C. in respective combinations.)Alternatively or additionally, a subject-independent determinant mayaffect the filtering information, such as by modulating a systemictemperature estimate according to circadian rhythms based upon atime-of-day indication from clock 276.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for invoking various interfaces or other modes of notifyingsuitable parties as described herein without undue experimentation. See,e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,336,187 (“Patient activity monitor”); U.S. Pat.No. 7,319,386 (“Configurable system for alerting caregivers”); U.S. Pat.No. 7,138,902 (“Personal medical device communication system andmethod”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,130,396 (“Medical monitoring system havingmultiple communications channels”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,115,097 (“Positiveairway pressure notification system for treatment of breathing disordersduring sleep”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,978,169 (“Personal physiograph”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,340,928 (“Emergency assistance system using bluetoothtechnology”).

Operation 8868 describes selecting one or more pattern recognitioncriteria of the filtering information in response to at least oneduration indicator associated with the subject (e.g. module 1535 ofevaluation logic 1530 configuring module 1533 to apply one or morelesion monitoring criteria 1571, 1572 in monitoring incoming data 1551responsive to data 1552 indicating that a subject has been stationaryfor too many hours). This can occur, for example, in a context in whicha user transmits a request, authorization 1538, or other suchcommunication 1539 that one or more such systems locally or remotelymonitor a subject as described herein directly at a veterinary clinic, anursing home, or other such facility. Alternatively or additionally, oneor more such determinant indications 1542 may include a counter or otherindication of how long a subject remains within a room or othervicinity, how old a subject is, how often a subject is fed or visited,or other such indications 1541 of duration relating to healthcare asdescribed herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for organizing, classifying, and recognizing thermal gradientsor other patterns indicative of circulatory or other pathologies asdescribed herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.7,276,031 (“System and method for classifying patient's breathing usingartificial neural network”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,236,815 (“Method forprobabilistically classifying tissue in vitro and in vivo usingfluorescence spectroscopy”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,158,692 (“System and methodfor mining quantitive information from medical images”); U.S. Pat. No.7,092,970 (“Medical image radiographing system, method for managingmedical image and method for displaying medical image”); U.S. Pat. No.7,058,450 (“Organizing data according to cardiac rhythm type”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,959,211 (“Device for capturing thermal spectra from tissue”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,856,831 (“Method for the early diagnosis of subacute,potentially catastrophic illness”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,611,846 (“Method andsystem for medical patient data analysis”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,430,430(“Method and system for knowledge guided hyperintensity detection andvolumetric measurement”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,377,834 (“Real time in vivomeasurement of temperature changes with contrast enhanced NMR imaging”).

With reference now to FIG. 89, shown is a structure 8910 operable inconjunction with system 8900, in which one or more technologies may beimplemented. Structure 8910 may include one or more items oftransportation or other equipment 8915, beds 8916, and/or handheld orother portable items 8925. Such items may include hosiery, adhesivepatches, or other such articles 8926; bandages or other supports 8927;or other such structures as described herein comprising one or moreelements 8920 configured to provide information to and/or about suchsubjects.

In some variants, for example, system 8900 may comprise decision logic8955 and/or interfaces 8970 operable for receiving or otherwise handlingsensor data 8935 such as measurements 8931, timing data 8934, or otherdata 8932, 8933 as described herein. System 8900 may receive suchinformation 8921, 8922, 8923 or otherwise interact with such structures8910 via one or more intermittent or other data paths 8917, 8918, 8919.As described herein, decision logic 8955 may use some or all of suchtemperatures 8951 or other data 8952 as described herein, such as forcausing module 8962 or other logic to configure or route notification8961 or other data 8965 to one or more outputs 8981, 8982.

With reference now to FIG. 90, shown is a flow 9000 comprising operation9030—obtaining information indicating a current thermal condition in aperipheral part of a subject's body (e.g. decision logic 8955 receivingone or more temperatures 8951 or other such information 8921, 8922, 8923via one or more portable items 8925 or other equipment 8915 within aproximity of the subject). This can occur, for example, in a context inwhich system 8900 implements or otherwise interacts with such structures8910, such as by one or more conduits or other signal paths 8917, 8918,8919. In some variants, for example, decision logic 8955 may residewithin one or more worn articles 8926, a bed 8916, or other equipment8915 configured to support some or all of a subject. Alternatively oradditionally, one or more such structures 8910 may comprise or receivedata from one or more implanted or other sensors and/or relatedcircuitry as described above with reference to FIGS. 23-26. Suchphysical components may likewise incorporate or interact one or moreinstances of interface 8970 operable for interacting with (some) suchsubjects or other parties, such as by performing operation 9090.

Operation 9090 describes signaling a decision whether to transmit anotification at least partly in response to one or more comparisonsbetween the information indicating the current thermal condition in theperipheral part of the subject's body and information indicating a priorthermal condition in the peripheral part of the subject's body (e.g.interface 8970 directing one or more notifications 8961 to one or moreoutputs 8981 corresponding to recipients who have requested or mayotherwise benefit from such timely information). This can occur, forexample, in a context in which decision logic 8955 has addressed thenotifications or otherwise selected the output(s) 8981 according to oneor more expert-defined thresholds or other criteria as described herein.In some variants, for example, a recipient or other managing entityassociated with output 8982 may choose a more extreme temperature orother threshold as a cutoff in response to receiving an excessive numberof notifications that are not actionable. Alternatively or additionally,such an entity may likewise choose a mode of transmission, an inclusionof data 8965, or some other aspect of configuring notification 8961 inresponse to a recipient's indication of availability as describedherein.

With reference now to FIG. 91, there are shown several variants of theflow 9000 of FIG. 90. Operation 9030—obtaining information indicating acurrent thermal condition in a peripheral part of a subject's body—may(optionally) include one or more of the following operations: 9135 or9137. In some embodiments, variants of operation 9030 may be performedby one or more instances of extraction logic, detection logic 640, 7940;or other such data reception or distillation logic as described herein.Operation 9090—signaling a decision whether to transmit a notificationat least partly in response to one or more comparisons between theinformation indicating the current thermal condition in the peripheralpart of the subject's body and information indicating a prior thermalcondition in the peripheral part of the subject's body—may include oneor more of the following operations: 9191, 9193, 9196 or 9199. In someembodiments, variants of operation 9090 may be performed by one or moreinstances of detection logic 180, 640, 880, 1275, 3285, 3550, 5135,5670, 6110, 6720, 7940; notification logic 1290, 3535, 3991, 6180, 7460,7875; or other such processing and/or communication components.Alternatively or additionally, flow 9000 may be performed in a contextas described above with reference to any of FIGS. 1-80 and/or inconjunction with other flow variants as described below.

Operation 9135 describes determining that the information apparentlymanifests the current thermal condition in the peripheral part of thesubject's body (e.g. evaluation module 7952 identifyingabnormal-temperature-indicative data 7991 received from one or morecomponents of local module 7932 and normal-temperature-indicative data7992 received from local module 7931). This can occur, for example, in acontext in which configuration module 7942 and evaluation module 7952jointly perform operation 9030; in which other components of detectionlogic 7940 perform operation 9090; in which evaluation module 7952implicitly treats such data 7991-7996 as “current” and “spatiallyseparated” for diagnostic purposes; in which at least two such localmodules 7931, 7932 each instantiate local module 2510 of FIG. 25 (localto subject 7920, e.g.); and in which local module 7932 detects two ormore physical phenomena as described herein from peripheral body part7922. In some variants, for example, one or more elements 7933 of suchlocal modules 7931, 7932 may comprise respective instances oftemperature sensors 2512 or other sensors as shown in FIG. 25.Alternatively or additionally, some or all such data 7991-7996 may(optionally) include (a) color-indicative or other measurement data7994; (b) timestamps 2544, coordinates 2545, anatomical descriptions,shape data, or other such temporal or spatial indices 2546; and/or (c)pathology profile data 7995; or other such diagnostically usefulinformation.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for determining a data object type, format, or other indicationwhether data may be evaluated as described herein without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,296,238 (“Method andapparatus for triggering automated processing of data”); U.S. Pat. No.7,269,718 (“Method and apparatus for verifying data types to be used forinstructions and casting data types if needed”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,263,688(“Method and apparatus for dynamic data-type management”); U.S. Pat. No.7,020,666 (“System and method for unknown type serialization”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,016,601 (“Method and apparatus for storing different types ofdata on the same storing medium”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,738,769 (“Sortingmultiple-typed data”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,621,506 (“Applying operations toselected data of different types”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,170,997 (“Method forexecuting instructions that operate on different data types stored inthe same single logical register file”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,718,247(“Apparatus and process for interactive psychotherapy”).

Operation 9137 describes extracting a portion of detected information asthe information indicating the current thermal condition in theperipheral part of the subject's body (e.g. module 8002 of extractionlogic 8010 selectively including one or more measurements 8017 or ratios8034 or other measurement-based computations 8036 extracted from output8012 of sensors or other detection circuitry as described herein). Thiscan occur, for example, in a context in which a sampling 8014, adistillation 8015, one or more measurements 8016, 8017 of particularinterest, or some other subset of such output 8012 is logged orotherwise retained for comparison and/or included in one or morenotifications as described herein. In some variants, for example, such anotification may include a blood pressure measurement 8018, a range orother type identifier 8019, and/or other such extracted information8020. Alternatively or additionally, such a notification may includeadvice 8032, a recipient-appropriate translation, or other suchcategorical information 8030 extracted from a database 8081 or othersuch secondary information source 8080 using the extracted information8020, for example, as a search term.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for selectively retaining probative data portions or otherwisesampling or sifting detected information as described herein withoutundue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,343,305 (“Method andsystem for recording carious lesions”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,325,297(“Automatic assembly machine for mounting bearings onto motors”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,280,992 (“Method for processing medically relevant data”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,254,425 (“Method for detecting artifacts in data”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,076,436 (“Medical records, documentation, tracking and orderentry system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,826,578 (“Method, system, and computerproduct for collecting and distributing clinical data for data mining”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,611,846 (“Method and system for medical patient dataanalysis”).

Operation 9191 describes deciding whether to transmit the notificationresponsive to whether any of the one or more comparisons indicate anabnormal temperature change in the peripheral part of the subject's body(e.g. module 643 of detection logic 640 sounding an alarm only ifcomparison result 655 indicates that any part of a subject's seat 610 isexcessively hot or cold). This can occur, for example, in a context inwhich detection logic 640 is implemented in or otherwise coupled torespective portions of seat 610 via one or more signal paths 631, 632,633, 634; in which module 641 and/or responsive logic 650 performoperation 9030; in which detection logic 640 performs operation 9090; inwhich monitoring apparatus 660 resides in or around seat 610, and inwhich a nearby person may be pre-trained and/or contemporaneously guidedto provide adequate and timely aid. Such aid may include talking with orpositioning a subject; helping a subject to administer medications;obtaining a defibrillator, ECG monitor, or other such therapeutic ordiagnostic instruments; or contacting a physician or ambulance for moreextreme situations. In some variants, for example, one or more modules651 of responsive logic 650 may enable such detection logic only whenone or more such signal paths 631-634 indicate an occupant's weight orother indication that wheelchair 600 is occupied. Alternatively oradditionally, seat 610 may include one or more instances of local module2510 of FIG. 25 operable for transmitting comparison results,measurement data, or decisions as described herein along the signalpath(s).

Operation 9193 describes signaling the decision by transmitting thenotification to a portable interface (e.g. channel 550 transmitting oneor more notifications 541, 542 as described herein via one or moreantennas 549 to one or more wearable or other portable interfaces 7860,7880, 580 or other destinations 535). This can occur, for example, in acontext in which such a transmission results from one or morehybrid-data decisions 531 or other thermally-dependent decisions 532 andin which one or more controllers as described herein include one or moreimplementations of notification module 510. In some variants, forexample, some or all of the content 544 of such a notification maydepend upon a type 533 of one or more such interfaces or otherdestinations 535. Alternatively or additionally, such a decision may besignaled to a display element 536 or other configurable feature local tonotification module 510.

Operation 9196 describes ranking a higher-priority destination and alower-priority destination for the notification (e.g. module 7871ranking one or more nearby interfaces 7860 with a higher-prioritycategory 7844 than that of one or more interfaces 7880 of network 7890).This can occur, for example, in a context in which a notification 7868is first routed to a subject or other higher-priority destination and inwhich a related notification is routed to another party a few minutes orhours later in the event that module 7872 does not receive input 7834from the higher-priority destination. In some variants, for example,such input may include an acknowledgment that someone has received thenotification. Alternatively or additionally, any such decisions,notifications, or determinants may be logged to other destinations, suchas logging module 7885.

Operation 9199 describes signaling the decision whether to transmit thenotification partly in response to auditory information from thesubject's body (e.g. notification module 510 updating a party partly inresponse to recognition module 7981 indicating one or more comparisonresults 7962 and partly in response to recognition module 7983indicating a recognition of one or more phrases or other patterns 7973,7974 in speech or other auditory information 7941 from subject 7920).This can occur, for example, in a context in which such auditoryinformation 7941 indicates that subject 7920 may currently be impairedand in which at least one such result 7962 of comparingabnormal-temperature-indicative data 7991 with historical or otherfiltering data indicates that a hot zone of peripheral body part 7922has become measurably hotter and that peripheral body part 7921 hasapparently remained in a normal condition. In some contexts, forexample, such normality may be inferred fromabnormal-temperature-indicative data 7991 not referring to part 7921and/or not coming from one or more local modules 7931 in a vicinity ofpart 7921. Alternatively or additionally, the decision may depend uponone or more other determinants such as (a) whether a currentnotification 542 differs from a prior notification 541; (b) whetherinterface 580 indicates that one or more recipients are apparentlyonline; (c) whether any new comparison result reflects a new,unrecognized, and/or other urgent situation; or other criteria asdescribed herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for recognizing words or other auditory patterns as describedherein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,257,531(“Speech to text system using controlled vocabulary indices”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,990,455 (“Command and control using speech recognition for dentalcomputer connected devices”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,934,579 (“Anaesthesiacontrol system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,804,654 (“System and method forproviding prescription services using voice recognition”); U.S. Pat. No.6,785,358 (“Voice activated diagnostic imaging control user interface”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,629,937 (“System for processing audio, video and otherdata for medical diagnosis and other applications”); U.S. Pat. No.5,335,313 (“Voice-actuated, speaker-dependent control system forhospital bed”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,262,669 (“Semiconductor rectifier havinghigh breakdown voltage and high speed operation”).

With reference now to FIG. 92, there are shown several variants of theflow 9000 of FIG. 90 or 91. Operation 9030—obtaining informationindicating a current thermal condition in a peripheral part of asubject's body—may (optionally) include one or more of the followingoperations: 9231 or 9239. In some embodiments, variants of operation9030 may be performed by one or more instances of local modules 2320,2450, 2510, 2690, 7931, 7932 or other modules 7820 configured to handlesensor data; decision logic 275, 1350, 2730, 2975, 3230, 5750, 5930,6395, 7415; or other components configured to handle such statusinformation. Operation 9090—signaling a decision whether to transmit anotification at least partly in response to one or more comparisonsbetween the information indicating the current thermal condition in theperipheral part of the subject's body and information indicating a priorthermal condition in the peripheral part of the subject's body—mayinclude one or more of the following operations: 9292, 9295, 9297 or9298. In some embodiments, variants of operation 9090 may be performedby one or more instances of distribution logic; notification logic 1290,3991, 6180, 7460, 7875; or other such control or communicationcomponents. Alternatively or additionally, flow 9000 may be performed ina context as described above with reference to any of FIGS. 1-80 and/orin conjunction with other flow variants as described below.

Operation 9231 describes obtaining an optical image of the peripheralpart of the subject's body of the information indicating the currentthermal condition in the peripheral part of the subject's body (e.g.module 7820 receiving image 7831 from infrared sensor 7821 or image 7832from another optical sensor 7822 from a position adjacent a subject'sbody part). This can occur, for example, in a context in which a subjector caregiver positions a charge-coupled device or similar image capturemechanism in a vicinity of the body part to monitor a growth or otheroptically detectable phenomenon, optionally in a manner that capturesone or more isotherm-indicative shapes. In some variants, for example, asensor array comprising infrared-sensitive elements may be used forimplementing such data capture. Alternatively or additionally, otherradiant-energy-sensitive and/or other elements as described below inFIGS. 23-27 may be used for sensing diagnostically useful informationcontemporaneously relating to the same part of the subject's body.

Operation 9239 describes detecting that the information indicatesnormalcy as the current thermal condition in the peripheral part of thesubject's body (e.g. one or more modules 2977 of decision logic 2976indicating normalcy in response to receiving a high-enough and/orlow-enough numerical value 2987 directly or indirectly from one or moresensors 2927 operable for detecting a temperature at an extremity ofsubject 2920). This can occur, for example, in a context in whichsubject 2920 rests upon or otherwise interacts with instrument 2930, inwhich decision logic 2976 is capable of detecting and indicating whethervalue 2987 is too far from a normal temperature, and in whichtransmitter 2980 is operable for performing operation 9090. In somevariants, for example, module 2977 may employ this information as afactor in deciding whether to transmit a notification to user interface2952 or to other destinations. Alternatively or additionally, in variousimplementations as described herein, instrument 2930 may include one ormore instances of response logic or other circuitry operable forresponding conditionally to an identifier 2923 of a subject or otherdeterminants in detected data 2922.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for detecting statistical, anatomical, or other potentiallyuseful thermal aberrations in light of other circumstances as describedherein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,340,293(“Methods and apparatus for a remote noninvasive technique to detectcore body temperature in a subject via thermal imaging”); U.S. Pat. No.7,226,426 (“Apparatus and method for the detection and quantification ofjoint and tissue inflammation”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,963,772(“User-retainable temperature and impedance monitoring methods anddevices”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,757,412 (“System and method for helping todetermine the condition of tissue”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,126,614 (“Apparatusand method for analysis of ear, pathologies by detecting fluid in theear measuring body temperature and/or determining a characteristic of afluid”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,023,637 (“Method and apparatus for thermalradiation imaging”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,999,842 (“Functional thermalimaging apparatus”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,997,472 (“Endodiagnostic methodusing differential thermal relaxation and IR imaging”).

Operation 9292 describes including auditory data with the notification(e.g. one or more modules 7871-7874 of notification logic 7875configuring notification 7868 to include speech 7864 or other audibledata with other content 7865 of notification 7868 delivered to one ormore interfaces 7860, 7880). This can occur, for example, in a contextin which notification logic 7875 performs at least operation 9090 and inwhich one or more users or devices have indicated a telephone, computerspeaker, or other interface facility for handling such data. In somevariants, for example, output 7837 from a microphone or other sensor7824 may first be detected as speech, a heartbeat or other audiblemetabolic indicator, or other device-detectable phenomena in a subject'svicinity. Alternatively or additionally, content 7865 provided with anotification 7868 may include one or more instances of translated orother programmatic notifications, for example, suitable for remotedelivery at a speaker-containing interface 7880.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for amplifying, recording, translating, selecting, or otherwisefacilitating an inclusion of potentially useful auditory data asdescribed herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.7,313,529 (“Portable extender for data transmission within a medicaldevice communication system”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,291,111 (“Apparatus andmethod for non-invasive diagnosing of coronary artery disease”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,944,497 (“System and method of treating stuttering byneuromodulation”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,878,117 (“Handheld sensor foracoustic data acquisition”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,629,937 (“System forprocessing audio, video and other data for medical diagnosis and otherapplications”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,582,379 (“Apparatus and method ofmeasuring the flow of a liquid, in particular urine, from a patient”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,126,614 (“Apparatus and method for analysis of earpathologies by detecting fluid in the ear, measuring body temperatureand/or determining a characteristic of a fluid”); U.S. Pat. No.6,014,626 (“Patient monitoring system including speech recognitioncapability”).

Operation 9295 describes selecting one or more destinations for thenotification (e.g. distribution module 8050 selecting one or moredestinations 8041, 8042 using client list 8067 or other determinants asdescribed herein). This can occur, for example, in a context in which anaircraft or other system 800 implements system 8000 (of FIG. 80) and inwhich one or more preferences of a client system, member, or otherinterested party are registered for notification via subscriber profile8061 or other such indication. In some variants, for example, apassenger in seat 814 of cabin 810 registers for notification of changesin physiological parameters signaled by indication 823 and may receive anotification 8038 via local interface 895, in some variants, in responseto a detection of one or more clot-indicative symptoms as describedherein. Alternatively or additionally, a flight attendant may receivesuch a notification 8038, for example via interface 890. In a variety ofcontexts as described herein, such implementations can facilitate afaster therapeutic response.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the selection of one or more recipients for medical or othernotifications as described herein without undue experimentation. See,e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,333,014 (“Notifying users of device events in anetworked environment”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,310,615 (“Financial datareporting system with alert notification feature and free-form searchingcapability”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,308,246 (“Emergency notification systemand emergency notification device”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,233,781 (“Systemand method for emergency notification content delivery”); U.S. Pat. No.7,180,415 (“Safety/security alert system”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,003,525(“System and method for defining, refining, and personalizingcommunications policies in a notification platform”); U.S. Pat. No.6,834,306 (“Method and apparatus for notifying a user of changes tocertain parts of web pages”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,442,241 (“Automatedparallel and redundant subscriber contact and event notificationsystem”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,177,873 (“Weather warning apparatus andmethod”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,014,346 (“Medical timer/monitor and method ofmonitoring patient status”).

Operation 9297 describes including thermal-decrease-size-indicativeinformation with the notification (e.g. module 8962 including a numberof degrees or other data 8965 received as information 8922, 8923 fromone or more portable items 8925 indicating how much a subject'sappendage has apparently cooled). This can occur in a context in whichsuch cooling results from a wound dressing or other articlesignificantly impairing a subject's circulation, for example, or inwhich such cooling signifies a return to normalcy from an overly-hotcondition. In some contexts, for example, a notification recipient mayrespond with timely advice for treating the subject's leg in response tosuch quantified notification. Alternatively or additionally, in somecontexts, such information may warrant a change in how the subject ismonitored, such as by decreasing vigilance and/or by monitoringsystemic, environmental, or other information 8921 relating to a subjectas described herein.

Operation 9298 describes including spatial-size-indicative informationwith the notification (e.g. module 7874 of notification logic 7875including one or more of a scaling factor 7842 or other areal indicator7843, photographs or other images 7831, 7832, a volumetric orshape-descriptive category 7844, and/or other such information includedin or appended to content 7865 of notification 7868). This can occur,for example, in a context in which interface 7860 performs operation9030, in which module 7873 decides whether to transmit the notification,in which notification logic 7875 performs operation 9090, and in which asubject cannot communicate such information and/or otherwise address apathology. In some variants, for example, module 7873 signals in theaffirmative if a hot zone 7839 of an image 7832 is larger than threshold7845. Alternatively or additionally, the decision may likewise dependupon one or more of an iteration count 7841 or other indicator ofduration, user input 7834, a concentration or other output 7837 from achemical sensor 7823, and/or other determinants 7850 as describedherein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for shape recognition or other analyses of spatial attributes asdescribed herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.7,346,205 (“System and method for rapidly identifying pathogens,bacteria and abnormal cells”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,340,077 (“Gesturerecognition system using depth perceptive sensors”); U.S. Pat. No.7,331,667 (“Iris pattern recognition and alignment”); U.S. Pat. No.7,327,861 (“Organism authenticating apparatus”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,317,821(“Automatic abnormal tissue detection in MRI images”); U.S. Pat. No.7,242,807 (“Imaging of biometric information based on three-dimensionalshapes”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,184,580 (“Fingerprint scar recognition methodand apparatus”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,840,117 (“Patient monitoring systememploying array of force sensors on a bedsheet or similar substrate”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,675,040 (“Optical object tracking system”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,529,759 (“Method for mapping internal body tissue”).

With reference now to FIG. 93, shown is a system 9300 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented, such as for interacting withexternal module 9320 to receive information via sensors 9321, 9322,9323, 9324 about one or more body parts 9310. System 9300 may(optionally) include one or more values 9311, 9312, 9313, 9331, 9332 inan array 9315 or other indication 9335; one or more modules 9381, 9382,9383, 9384 of compare logic 9380; and/or one or more transmitters 9390operable to schedule, transmit, identify, or otherwise signal one ormore decisions 9391, 9392 or notifications 9393, 9394 as describedherein.

With reference now to FIG. 94, shown is a flow 9400 comprising operation9420—detecting a result of one or more comparisons between informationindicating current local stress in a peripheral part of a subject's bodyand information indicating prior local stress in the peripheral part ofthe subject's body (e.g. external module 9320 transmitting at least onevalue 9331 manifesting an increasing or decreasing force level in or onbody part 9310). This can occur, for example, in a context in which oneor more external modules 9320 include one or more microwave frequencysensors 2321, event detection logic 2333, fluid pressure sensors 2482,force sensors 2484, reflectance sensors 2511, weight sensors 2533,comparators 2670, or other components of local modules described herein.In some contexts in which external module 2670 implements local module2690 of FIG. 26, real-time data 2681 or force-indicative data 2683 mayindicate the “current” local stress, for example, and historical data2682 or other measurement data 2685 may indicate the “prior” localstress. Alternatively or additionally, some such images as describedherein (showing swelling, e.g.) or other measurement data 2685 mayreside in array 9315 in raw form, optionally to be acted upon by comparelogic 9380 or other modes of comparison as described herein.

Operation 9450 describes signaling a decision whether to transmit anotification in response to the result of the one or more comparisonsbetween the information indicating the current local stress in theperipheral part of the subject's body and the information indicating theprior local stress in the peripheral part of the subject's body (e.g.compare logic 9380 activating transmitter 9390 if one or more arrays9315 or other values 9332 indicate a higher-than-nominal blood pressureor other manifestation of stress increasing repeatedly over a timeinterval, and otherwise not activating transmitter 9390). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which compare logic 9380 includesone or more modules 9381 for comparing pressure levels or otherforce-level indicators, one or more modules 9382 for comparing eventcounts, one or more modules 9383 for comparing time intervals, and/orone or more other modules 9384 as described herein. In some variants, auseful time interval (threshold) may be on the order of 2 hours or 2weeks, for example, or the stress level thresholds may be specified by anotification recipient or other interested party. Alternatively oradditionally, in some variants, such a decision may require anintermediary's authorization or may be affected by other determinants asdescribed herein.

With reference now to FIG. 95, there are shown several variants of theflow 9400 of FIG. 94. Operation 9420—detecting a result of one or morecomparisons between information indicating current local stress in aperipheral part of a subject's body and information indicating priorlocal stress in the peripheral part of the subject's body—may includeone or more of the following operations: 9524 or 9528. In someembodiments, variants of operation 9420 may (optionally) be performed byone or more modules 261 of evaluation logic 150, 250, 950, 1530, 7565 orother responsive logic as described herein. Operation 9450—signaling adecision whether to transmit a notification in response to the result ofthe one or more comparisons between the information indicating thecurrent local stress in the peripheral part of the subject's body andthe information indicating the prior local stress in the peripheral partof the subject's body—may include one or more of the followingoperations: 9555, 9557 or 9558. In some embodiments, variants ofoperation 9450 may be performed by one or more instances of detectionmodules 5860, 5870; or other such detection and/or evaluation logic asdescribed herein. Alternatively or additionally, flow 9400 may beperformed in a context as described above with reference to any of FIGS.1-80 and/or in conjunction with other flow variants as described below.

Operation 9524 describes detecting the result at least one day afterdetecting the information indicating the prior local stress in theperipheral part of the subject's body (e.g. module 7561 of evaluationlogic 7565 configuring evaluations or other result data 7537 arisingfrom condition detectors, expert systems 7585, or other comparativeanalysis based upon at least some pressure- or other stress-indicativedata 7538 measured one or more days earlier). This can occur, forexample, in a context in which evaluation logic 7565 performs operation9420, in which local system 7570 implements one or more instances ofdetection modules 7610, in which circular buffer 7651 captures hourly orother successive samples 7661, 7662, 7663 about subject 7505 via one ormore sample sensors 7625 over the course of a week or a month and inwhich one or more condition detectors 7670, 7680 iteratively determinewhether such digital or other samples indicate a large-enough andlong-enough shift in local tissue stretching or blood pressuremeasurements, each relative to one or more respective standards 7675,7685. In some variants, for example, an at-risk patient may use orotherwise interact with one or more wheelchairs, articles of clothing,or other portable systems as described herein repeatedly over a courseof weeks or months, so that such an instance of local system 7570 mayobtain multiple data points from one or more pressure sensors 7621,stress-indicative sensors 7622, or other sample sensors 7625 thereof.Alternatively or additionally, condition detectors 7680, 7690 may(optionally) access positional coordinates 7634, timing-indicativevalues 7632, or other such status indicators 7645 as described hereinfor helping evaluation logic 7565 to identify and avoid transmittingnotifications under ordinary circumstances of health indicia.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for recognizing pathologies presenting with a detectablemechanical stress and/or other symptoms as described herein withoutundue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,232,415 (“System andmethod for noninvasively evaluating a limb suspected of compartmentsyndrome”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,183,057 (“Tape stripping methods foranalysis of skin disease and pathological skin state”); U.S. Pat. No.7,112,318 (“Non-invasive diagnostic imaging technology for mitochondriadysfunction using radiolabeled lipophilic salts”); U.S. Pat. No.7,110,806 (“Method for imaging an artery using a magnetic resonancecontrast agent”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,001,338 (“System and method fordiagnosing pathologic heart conditions”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,929,922(“Methods for the detection of demyelinating diseases”); U.S. Pat. No.6,847,841 (“Detector of living tissue strength and electrical resistanceand activity”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,813,009 (“Detection of metabolicdysfunctions using fluorescence emission from serum”); U.S. Pat. No.6,735,331 (“Method and apparatus for early detection and classificationof retinal pathologies”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,671,540 (“Methods and systemsfor detecting abnormal tissue using spectroscopic techniques”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,636,755 (“Method and apparatus for obtaining an opticaltomographic image of a sentinel lymph node”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,629,937(“System for processing audio, video and other data for medicaldiagnosis and other applications”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,620,115 (“Apparatusand method for mechanical imaging of breast”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,507,754(“Device for the medical monitoring in real time of a patient from theanalysis of electroencephalograms”).

Operation 9528 describes receiving a structural change indication in theresult of the one or more comparisons (e.g. pattern recognition module7564 of evaluation logic 7565 detecting a swelling, discoloration, orother optically detectable tissue attribute change manifesting as acalorimetric shift between a portion 7511 of a weeks-old image 7510 anda corresponding portion 7521 of a newer image 7520). This can occur, forexample, in a context in which evaluation logic 7565 performs operation9420, in which another portion 7512 of the weeks-old image 7510resembles a corresponding portion 7522 of the newer image 7520, and inwhich such resemblance supports a heuristic change model that maylikewise be applied to one or more portions 7511, 7521 that haveapparently changed. In some variants, for example, such referenceportions 7512, 7522 of respective images may be used to establish aposition shift or other baseline transfer function for determiningwhether an area, shape, shade, or other substantial, quantifiabledifference between such primary portions 7511, 7521 indicates astructural change. Alternatively or additionally, an expert system 7585implementing some or all of such evaluation logic 7565 may query acaregiver or other expert for category descriptors 7581 (“site notrecognized,” “swelling reduced,” “emergency,” etc.), scores 7582, orother such input 7583 for facilitating subsequent evaluations of suchpotential structural change indications.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for aggregating symptomatic or other structural data orimplementing predictive or other expert systems as described hereinwithout undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,315,825(“Rules-based patient care system for use in healthcare locations”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,272,435 (“System and method for sudden cardiac deathprediction”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,225,013 (“Adaptive prediction of changesof physiological/pathological states using processing of biomedicalsignals”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,027,871 (“Aggregation of data from externaldata sources within an implantable medical device”); U.S. Pat. No.6,988,088 (“Systems and methods for adaptive medical decision support”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,643,646 (“Analysis of massive data accumulations usingpatient rule induction method and on-line analytical processing”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,533,724 (“Decision analysis system and method for evaluatingpatient candidacy for a therapeutic procedure”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,442,421(“Method for the medical monitoring in real time of a patient from theanalysis of electroencephalograms to characterize and differentiatebetween physiological or pathological conditions, and a method foranticipating epileptic seizures”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,317,731 (“Method forpredicting the therapeutic outcome of a treatment”); U.S. Pat. No.6,025,128 (“Prediction of prostate cancer progression by analysis ofselected predictive parameters”).

Operation 9555 describes enabling a performance of the one or morecomparisons at a resource remote from the subject's body (e.g. interface7563 transmitting force estimates or other stress-indicative information7533 with corresponding locality information 7531, timing information7532, patient-specific information 7534, or other such comparativeparameters). This can occur, for example, in a context in whichevaluation logic 7565 performs operation 9450 and in which comparativeinformation and/or other data as described herein is transmitted to orotherwise affects a configuration of one or more standards 7588, logicmodules 7562, or other such comparison mode determinants 7535 configuredto be applied remotely. In some variants, for example, one or moresignal channels 7575 may be implemented in one or more aggregators orother such adjunct services 7590 operable remotely from an externalmodule 9320 or other structures described herein for interacting withsubjects. Alternatively or additionally, one or more comparisons orother evaluations as described herein may initially be performed locallyto the subject's body.

Operation 9557 describes obtaining the result partly based on anindication of one or more nutrients in the subject's body (e.g. module181 using one or more sensors 185 to monitorbiological-process-indicative changes in zone 171). This can occur, forexample, in a context in which detection logic 180 and comparator 130jointly perform operation 9450 and in which calcium or other nutrientsare monitored to give an indication of a deficiency, an excess, or otherattributes of subject status. In some variants, for example, sensor 185may be configured within or adjacent a blood vessel for monitoringand/or controlling blood glucose level. Alternatively or additionally,monitoring of physiological constituents may be used to determinesubject compliance with and/or responsiveness to dietary or othertherapeutic treatments.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for monitoring nutritional or other physiologically indicativecomponents as an indication of patient status as described hereinwithout undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,087,395(“Vitamin D assay”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,990,365 (“Apparatus for measurementof blood analytes”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,953,666 (“Biomarkers for oxidativestress”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,885,882 (“Method and apparatus fornon-invasive glucose sensing through the eye”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,878,518(“Methods for determining steroid responsiveness”); U.S. Pat. No.6,671,540 (“Methods and systems for detecting abnormal tissue usingspectroscopic techniques”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,573,063 (“Methods andsystems for assessing biological materials using optical andspectroscopic detection techniques”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,455,243(“Nutritional assessment by measuring mitochondrial complex activity”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,300,085 (“Diagnostic method for Alzheimer's disease”).

Operation 9558 describes extracting the decision whether to transmit thenotification from the result of the one or more comparisons (e.g.condition detector 7690 generating one or more notification decisions7633 by comparing a sample 7661 against a next sample 7662 or anothersubsequent sample 7663). This can occur, for example, in a context inwhich one or more primary and/or local modules include an instance ofdetection module 7610 configured to perform operation 9450, in whichcondition detector 7690 generates one or more result values 7631signifying the necessity of such notifications by applying one or moreinstances of standard 7695 to successive samples 7661, 7662, 7663 fromone or more sample sensors 7625, and in which one or more users ordevices might otherwise receive an excessive quantity of suchnotifications. Alternatively or additionally, such decisions may dependupon each successive ratio or other combination of samples, or uponevent counts or other logical combinations of comparison results, orupon other applications of scalar or other standards 7695 as describedherein. In some variants, for example, subject measurements exceeding aspecified threshold may trigger local and or remote user interfacealarms and/or other visual or auditory notifications. Additionally oralternately, notification messages may be sent to a local or remote dataprocessing center for automated analysis and/or recording.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the transmission of notifications to local and/or remotesites based on one or more evaluation criteria as described hereinwithout undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,304,580(“Intelligent medical vigilance system”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,224,281(“Patient monitoring and alarm processing system and user interface”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,115,097 (“Positive airway pressure notification systemfor treatment of breathing disorders during sleep”); U.S. Pat. No.7,047,083 (“Method and apparatus for identifying lead-related conditionsusing lead impedance measurements”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,835,553(“Photometric glucose measurement system using glucose-sensitivehydrogel”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,732,884 (“Bulk medication dispenser andmonitoring device”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,687,544 (“System and method fordetermining safety alert conditions for implantable medical devices”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,646,556 (“Apparatus and method for reducing the risk ofdecubitus ulcers”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,454,705 (“Medical wellnessparameters management system, apparatus and method”); U.S. Pat. No.6,383,137 (“Labor alerting device”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,305,377 (“Systemand method for improving compliance of a medical regimen”).

With reference now to FIG. 96, there are shown several variants of theflow 9400 of FIG. 94 or 95. Operation 9420—detecting a result of one ormore comparisons between information indicating current local stress ina peripheral part of a subject's body and information indicating priorlocal stress in the peripheral part of the subject's body—may(optionally) include operation 9629. In some embodiments, variants ofoperation 9420 may be performed by one or more instances of utilitydevices 325 or other devices in networks 590, 1380, 1490, 1590, 2215,2995, 3545, 5280, 5290, 5580, 5840, 6295, 6390, 6400, 7490, 7580, 7890containing sensors or otherwise configured to handle sensory data.Operation 9450—signaling a decision whether to transmit a notificationin response to the result of the one or more comparisons between theinformation indicating the current local stress in the peripheral partof the subject's body and the information indicating the prior localstress in the peripheral part of the subject's body—may include one ormore of the following operations: 9651, 9653 or 9656. In someembodiments, variants of operation 9450 may be performed by one or moreinstances of decision logic 275, 1460, 2250, 2975, 3230, 5750, 6130,6395, 7415; subtraction logic; pattern recognition logic; or othercircuitry or software implementing comparators or otherwise configuredto handle data derived from comparison. Alternatively or additionally,flow 9400 may be performed in a context as described above withreference to any of FIGS. 1-80 and/or in conjunction with other flowvariants as described below.

Operation 9629 describes including a current thermal indication of theperipheral part of the subject's body in the information indicating thecurrent local stress in the peripheral part of the subject's body (e.g.external device 7491 and/or other sensor-containing modules 7493configuring communication 7485 to include one or more thermal images7471, thermal input 7472 from subject 7495 or other users, or other suchindications 7480 of recent physical phenomena relating to region 7496).This can occur, for example, in a context in which one or morecomponents of server 7410 and/or network 7490 each performs operation9420 and in which communication 7485 also bears tension-indicative data7473, timing data 7474, blood pressure data 7475, historical data 7476,or other data 7477 facilitating current comparisons or other analysis.In some contexts in which an expert or expert system may monitor a largenumber of subjects' weight-bearing sites programmatically ranked, forexample, according to which have recent images exhibiting the largestcolorimetric, areal, thermal, or other detectable trends. Statisticslike these rankings may be used at a given subject's site or at anexpert's site for triage, for triggering treatment or other testing, orfor other resource allocation functions. Alternatively or additionally,a current thermal indication may warrant a higher or lower priority fora subject exhibiting a measurable abnormality in local stress.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for obtaining and expressing temporal or spatial topographies ofstress, temperature, or other physical properties as described hereinwithout undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,339,587(“Method for medical imaging and image processing, computed tomographymachine, workstation and computer program product”); U.S. Pat. No.7,303,555 (“Imaging and therapeutic procedure for carpal tunnelsyndrome”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,162,068 (“Medical image displaying device,image obtaining and displaying device, method for displaying image indisplaying device, and program for selecting display format”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,975,898 (“Medical imaging, diagnosis, and therapy using a scanningsingle optical fiber system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,793,625 (“Method andapparatus for concurrently displaying respective images representingreal-time data and non real-time data”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,776,756(“Applanation tonometer”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,757,412 (“System and methodfor helping to determine the condition of tissue”); U.S. Pat. No.6,631,287 (“Infrared thermometer”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,551,306 (“Refractivelaser ablation through topography”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,987,345 (“Methodand system for displaying medical images”).

Operation 9651 describes deciding to transmit the notification inresponse to the result indicating a monotonic measurement change over atleast N sampling intervals, where N>1 (e.g. module 7412 of decisionlogic 7415 generating one or more notification transmission decisions7414 responsive to a succession 7420 of N or more measurement changeindications 7421, 7422, 7423 each signifying a respective increase).This can occur, for example, in a context in which notification logic7460 performs at least one instance of operation 9450 and in which anabnormal succession 7430 of measurements 7431, 7432, 7433 manifest aconstantly increasing or other monotonic deviation from a baseline value7442, and in which a therapeutic treatment is more likely to beeffective at an early stage of a subject's pathology. Such a trend may,in many therapeutic contexts, signify a progression toward a worseningpatient state over a period of several minutes, hours, days, months, orother sampling periods. Under these circumstances, one or more suchnotifications 7451, 7452 can occur in response to exceeding a definedevent count 7441 or other time-indicative threshold. In some variants,for example, a notification 7452 may be sent for a subject 7495 beingmonitored remotely via one or more external devices 7491 or othersensor-containing modules 7492, 7493 when a blood pressure increase orother apparent trend persists for more than 1-10 hours.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for using condition duration or other trend-related indicatorsas determinants in notification decisions as described herein withoutundue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,319,400 (“Method andapparatus for monitoring a restraint device”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,117,036(“Using activity-based rest disturbance as a metric of sleep apnea”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,030,764 (“Apparatus and method for reducing the risk ofdecubitus ulcers”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,671,529 (“System and method forclosed loop controlled inspired oxygen concentration”); U.S. Pat. No.6,305,377 (“System and method for improving compliance of a medicalregimen”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,014,346 (“Medical timer/monitor and method ofmonitoring patient status”).

Operation 9653 describes accepting a caregiver's input as a determinantof the decision whether to transmit the notification (e.g. module 2245using instructions or other parameters 2249 received via medium 2225 tospecify one or more conditions under which each type of notification2241, 2242 will be sent to interface 2210). This can occur, for example,in a context in which decision logic 2250 performs operation 9450 and inwhich a clinician 2205 indicates via interface 2210 that one or moreprior notifications 2201, 2202 warranted no therapeutic response. Insome variants, for example, notifications of subject interactions suchas administration of medicine and/or other therapeutic actions arelogged locally and/or a notification 2242 is transmitted to a remoteserver 2220. Alternatively or additionally, other such log entriesand/or notifications may be generated from caregiver observations of asubject's status.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the generation of one or more notifications based upon inputreceived from one or more external interfaces as described hereinwithout undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,340,240(“Monitoring device”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,269,484 (“Vehicular touchswitches with adaptive tactile and audible feedback”); U.S. Pat. No.7,133,661 (“Emergency information notifying system, and apparatus,method and moving object utilizing the emergency information notifyingsystem”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,047,083 (“Method and apparatus for identifyinglead-related conditions using lead impedance measurements”); U.S. Pat.No. 7,035,684 (“Method and apparatus for monitoring heart function in asubcutaneously implanted device”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,559,769 (“Earlywarning real-time security system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,525,712 (“Methodand device for manual recording of various events or states”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,014,346 (“Medical timer/monitor and method of monitoring patientstatus”).

Operation 9656 describes transmitting a common graphical imagecontaining the information indicating the current local stress in theperipheral part of the subject's body with the information indicatingthe prior local stress in the peripheral part of the subject's body(e.g. module 2972 of decision logic 2975 invoking transmitter 2980 tocause one or more composite images or other such successive indications7530 relating to a subject's limb or back to output 2953). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which local system 7570 uploads suchimages or other measurement data to an implementation of response logic2970 in network 7580, for example, responsive to a request that remoteusers may generate after notifications as described herein.Alternatively or additionally, one or more such users may respond bymodifying one or more standards 7675, 7685, 7695 or configurations ofbuffers 7652-7654, in some variants, so that subsequent sense data mayresult in other patterns of data capture and/or notification asdescribed herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the transmission of graphical images of subject body partsfor display and storage as described herein without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,310,564 (“Arrangement andmethod for producing therapeutic insoles”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,289,883(“Apparatus and method for patient rounding with a remote controlledrobot”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,286,877 (“Device programmer with enclosedimaging capability”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,158,861 (“Tele-robotic system usedto provide remote consultation services”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,016,467(“Mobile digital radiography x-ray apparatus and system”); U.S. Pat. No.6,625,252 (“Emergency vehicle with medical image scanner andteleradiology system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,621,918 (“Teleradiology systemsfor rendering and visualizing remotely-located volume data sets”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,612,982 (“Fully-swallowable endoscopic system”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,529,757 (“Picture archiving and communication system and methodfor multi-level image data processing”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,490,490(“Remote operation support system and method”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,137,527(“System and method for prompt-radiology image screening service viasatellite”).

With reference now to FIG. 97, shown is a system 9700 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented in relation to respective portions9703, 9704, 9705 of a subject's body 9710, one or more of which mayexhibit an inflammation or other abnormality 9709. An adaptable support9750 comprises several oblong actuators 9752, 9753, 9754, 9755 supportedon a common frame or other suitable substrate 9760. Support 9750 furtherincludes or otherwise supports one or more sensor modules 9713, 9714,9715 (including or in proximity to a respective one or more actuators9753, 9754, 9755) operable for transmitting or otherwise detectingquantitative or other values 9723, 9724, 9725 of measurement data 9729for circuitry 9790. Circuitry 9790 may further include one or moreprocessors 9744 and/or modules 9781, 9782, 9783 of support control logic9780, such as may be configured to provide one or more control signals9785, 9786 selectively to one or more actuators 9752, 9753, 9754, 9755as shown.

With reference now to FIG. 98, shown is a flow 9800 comprising operation9840—causing an artificial support to modify a force upon a firstexternal portion of a subject's body as a programmatic response tolocally-abnormal-stress-indicative information obtained from a secondexternal portion of the subject's body (e.g. at least support controllogic 9780 causing one or more actuators 9753 to increase a force atleast upon external portion 9703 in response to measurement data 9729containing an indication from sensor module 9715 of an unusual swellingor other local manifestation of pressure within external portion 9705 ofbody 9710). This can occur, for example, in a context in which one ormore other sensor modules 9714 indicate a lower pressure nearby and/orin which the locally-abnormal-stress-indicative information haspersisted for about a minute or more.

With reference now to FIG. 99, shown is a flow 9900 comprising operation9950—obtaining locally-abnormal thermal information about a firstexternal portion of a subject's limb (e.g. one or more modules 9781,9782, 9783 of support control logic 9780 and/or processor 9744 receivingand/or computing measurement data 9729 indicating a local abnormality9709 relating to the temperatures of one or more portions 9703, 9704,9705 in a subject's arm or other limb). This can occur, for example, ina context in which substrate 9760 comprises a bed, a seat, a cast orother fitted article, or other such support structures as describedherein.

Operation 9970 describes causing an artificial support to exert anincreasing force upon a second external portion of the subject's limb atleast partly in response to locally-abnormal thermal information aboutthe first external portion of the subject's limb (e.g. support controllogic 9780 causing at least actuator 9753 to exert an increasing forceupon portion 9703 in response to abnormality 9709 comprising a locallywarm or cool part of a limb of body 9710). This can occur, for example,in an embodiment in which such actuators form part of a feedback systemresponsive to thermal, force-indicative, circulation-indicative, orother such values as described herein.

With reference now to FIG. 100, there are shown several variants of theflow 9800 of FIG. 98. Operation 9840—causing an artificial support tomodify a force upon a first external portion of a subject's body as aprogrammatic response to locally-abnormal-stress-indicative informationobtained from a second external portion of the subject's body—mayinclude one or more of the following operations: 10043, 10044, or 10049.In some embodiments, variants of operation 9840 may (optionally) beperformed by one or more instances of configuration logic 1050, 5235;7755 or other configuration or control logic as described herein. Flow9800 may likewise include one or more of operations 10085 or 10088, forexample. In some contexts, for example, flow 9800 may be performed in acontext as described above with reference to any of FIGS. 1-80 and/or inconjunction with other flow variants as described below.

Operation 10043 describes configuring a valve of the artificial supportto modify the force upon the first external portion of the subject'sbody (e.g. one or more modules 783 urging cell 740 laterally toward oraway from adjacent cell 710 by causing one or more elements 743 toexpand or contract). See FIG. 7. This can occur, for example, in acontext in which support control logic 780 performs operation 9840 andin which module 783 selectively opens one or more valves 746, 747 influid communication with higher- or lower-pressure reservoirs (notshown) so that element 743 controllably expands or contracts. In somevariants, for example, one or more other elements 741 may (optionally)undergo an offsetting transition so that the net motion of cell 740 isprimarily lateral. Alternatively or additionally, such other elementsmay undergo a transition like that of element 743 so that the net motionof cell 740 is primarily orthogonal to structure 765.

Operation 10044 describes configuring a motor of the artificial supportto modify the force upon the first external portion of the subject'sbody (e.g. module 1152 causing one or more piezomotors or othermotor-containing actuators 1120 to retract, reducing or removing forcesexerted at one or more external portions 1111, 1112). This can occur,for example, in a context in which control logic 1160 of FIG. 11performs operation 9840 such as by selectively engaging one or moremotors to extend and/or contract one or more elements 1121, 1122 ofactuators in adjustment to a programmatic operating mode, such as formassage, and/or in response to one or more indications of localphenomena as described herein. In some variants, for example, controlmodule 9780 adjusts actuator elements to maintain a consistent pressureor a programmatically cycled pressure at external portions 9703-9705 totreat poor circulation, cramps, or other pathologies aggravated byimmobility. Alternatively or additionally, such motors may be configuredas shown in FIG. 7 in which the engagement of one or more motors 715 mayselectively constrict or expand selected ones of cells 710-750,effectuating a local profile increasing or decreasing the pressureselectively applied to portions of subjects as described herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the use of motors to adjust the pressure and/or forceapplied to a structure as described herein without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,273,053 (“Monitoring andcontrol for a laryngeal mask airway device”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,270,374(“Structure for anatomical support with frame and convex cushioned platefor back, headrest and seat, for seating in general, especially seats inmotor vehicles, with manual and motor-driven adaption of cushioned platecovexity and position”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,134,157 (“Motor-adjustable headrest”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,961,971 (“Motor adjustable support device forthe upholstery of a seat and/or reclining furniture”); U.S. Pat. No.6,810,876 (“Assisted ventilation to match patient respiratory need”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,689,974 (“Pressure switch for motorized chairs”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,547,749 (“Body pulsating method and apparatus”).

Operation 10049 describes configuring the programmatic response partlybased on thermal data obtained from the second external portion of thesubject's body (e.g. module 1052 of FIG. 10 selecting one or morecontrol profiles 1071, 1072 or other operating parameters 1075, 1076configured to update at least a force exerted upon portion 1011 inresponse to module 1091 indicating that portion 1012 has apparentlyremained beyond thermal threshold 1086 for longer than time threshold1087). This can occur, for example, in a context in which configurationlogic 1050 performs operation 9840, in which thermal threshold 1086 iswithin an order of magnitude of 0.5° C. or 5° C. of a nominally normaltemperature, in which time threshold 1087 is within an order ofmagnitude of 1 hour or 1 day, in which pattern recognition module 1092is configured to determine whether thermal data 1081 from one or moresensors 1002 adjacent portion 1012 indicates such an abnormality, and inwhich the programmatic response comprises updating one or more controlsignals 1031, 1032 to respective ones of actuators 1021, 1022 supportingrespective zones of the subject's skin 1010. In some contexts, forexample, an external portion of a subject's limb remaining at 1° C. ormore lower than a standard value for a period of hours may trigger anautomatic therapy (such as massage), a timely-scheduled examination by acaregiver, and/or other such programmatic responses. Alternatively oradditionally, the programmatic response(s) may be tailored according tolocally-abnormal-stress-indicative information, such as by including anurgency indicator, notifying additional parties, or otherwise respondingto such information in one or more notifications as described herein.One or more such response may be adapted in some contexts, moreover, inresponse to whether other data 1082 from any such sensors 1001, 1002indicates a systemic or local abnormality as described herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for recognizing patterns in thermal, pressure, and/or othermeasurement data as described herein without undue experimentation. See,e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,331,667 (“Iris pattern recognition andalignment”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,324,661 (“Computer-implemented system andmethod for automated and highly accurate plaque analysis, reporting, andvisualization”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,252,640 (“Detection of disorderedbreathing”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,248,733 (“Color-image processing apparatusand method, and storage medium”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,190,996 (“Monitor forearly detection of ischemic heart disease”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,162,061(“Abnormal pattern detection processing method and system”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,675,040 (“Optical object tracking system”); U.S. Pat. No.6,647,093 (“Method and device for the processing of X-ray images”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,606,579 (“Method of combining spectral data with non-spectraldata in a produce recognition system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,196,973 (“Flowestimation using an ultrasonically modulated contrast agent”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,069,696 (“Object recognition system and method”).

Operation 10085 describes comparing thelocally-abnormal-stress-indicative information with otherlocally-abnormal-stress-indicative information from the second externalportion of the subject's body (e.g. one or more modules 1181, 1182 ofprocessing logic 1180 triggering or otherwise performing comparisonsbetween swelling-indicative data 1162 received in signal 1125 and priordata 1161 from the same or similar site. This can occur, for example, ina context in which module 1183 is configured either (a) to process oneor more changes in measurement data 1163 from portion 1111 in relationto at least some measurement information from portion 1111 to determinewhether differences are apparently localized or systemic or (b) toaggregate such data or otherwise permit at least some such processing ata common facility as described herein. In some variants, for example,changes in such information localized to one observation region (e.g.from portion 1112) may be used as an indication of healing ordeterioration progress for a pressure wound or other abnormalitythereof.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for using comparisons of information acquired from two or moreobservation sites as described herein without undue experimentation.See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,340,951 (“Distributed impedance sensor”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,340,337 (“Vehicle control system for detecting ashort-circuit condition between redundant position sensors”); U.S. Pat.No. 7,337,677 (“Differential pressure flowmeter, flow controller, andapparatus for processing substrate”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,225,013 (“Adaptiveprediction of changes of physiological/pathological states usingprocessing of biomedical signals”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,898,457 (“Method fordetermining temperature, radiation thermometer with several infraredsensor elements”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,584,345 (“Apparatus and method formeasuring a plurality of electrical signals from the body of apatient”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,413,233 (“Perfusion hyperthermia treatmentsystem and method”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,304,775 (“Seizure warning andprediction”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,755,571 (“Differential measurementperiodontal structures mapping system”).

Operation 10088 describes causing a data recordation responsive to thelocally-abnormal-stress-indicative information (e.g. module 1351 ofdecision logic 1350 requesting one or more storage devices 1340 torecord locally-abnormal-stress-indicative information 1341 from avehicle or other remote source 1385). This can occur, for example, in acontext in which remote source 1385 comprises a system configured toreceive such information in some form via one or more sensors in avicinity of the subject's body—such as by responsive logic 260 ordecision logic 275 receiving information 221-224 via sensor(s) 215 inreal time—and in which a conventional structure may aggravate a seatoccupant's pressure ulcer or other such pathology. In some contexts,module 1351 may then (or later) receive and store at least a sample ofsuch information as the locally-abnormal-stress-indicative information1341, optionally in a form that is selected or otherwise distilled frominformation 221-224 as described herein. Alternatively or additionally,module 1351 may likewise cause a recordation of subject or siteidentifiers 1345, time or place indications 1346, other measurement data1343 from one or more sensors in the subject's vicinity, and/or otherrelated, diagnostically useful information 1342 as described herein thatmay potentially relate to one or more pathologies as indicated ininformation 1341.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the recording of subject information resulting from sensormeasurements as described herein without undue experimentation. See,e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,338,443 (“Secure patient data recorder forrecording monitored vital sign data”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,294,108 (“Cardiacevent microrecorder and method for implanting same”); U.S. Pat. No.7,277,903 (“Method and apparatus for distributed data archiving”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,142,632 (“Radiation image recording device”); U.S. Pat. No.7,104,955 (“System and method for collection and analysis of regularlyretrieved patient information for automated remote patient care”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,966,650 (“Method and apparatus for an automated procedure todetect and monitor early-stage glaucoma”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,668,188(“Determination of long-term condition of cardiac patients”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,468,242 (“Medical apparatus with patient data recording”); U.S.Pat. No. 5,879,292 (“Bandage including data acquisition components”).

With reference now to FIG. 101, there are shown several variants of theflow 9800 of FIG. 98 or 100. Operation 9840—causing an artificialsupport to modify a force upon a first external portion of a subject'sbody as a programmatic response to locally-abnormal-stress-indicativeinformation obtained from a second external portion of the subject'sbody—may include one or more of the following operations: 10141, 10142,10146 or 10147. Variants of operation 9840 may be performed by one ormore instances of controller 775, support control logic 9780, or otherconfiguration or control logic, for example, implemented in a bed,vehicle, or other primary and/or local module described herein.Alternatively or additionally, flow 9800 may be performed in a contextas described above with reference to any of FIGS. 1-80 and/or inconjunction with other flow variants as described below.

Operation 10141 describes obtaining thelocally-abnormal-stress-indicative information as a response of thesecond external portion of the subject's body to a pressure pulse (e.g.a special-purpose tonometer 925 or other components of sensor-containinginstrument 900 deriving one or more images 931, signals 932, 933, orother data 935 indicative of a locally abnormal tension or pressure in asubject's skin or other body surface). This can occur, for example, in acontext in which a pulse element 905 exerts the pressure pulse upon skin910, in which one or more sensors 902 convert a physical response to thepulse into a digital or other signal 932, and in which module 943 ofevaluation logic 950 applies one or more thresholds 941 or othercriteria 942 configured to evaluate whether such signals 932 or otherdata 935 are abnormal. In some variants, for example, such a threshold941 may be derived from nearby tissue, from a prior signal of the“second” external portion, and/or from one or more other subjects.Alternatively or additionally, such data 935 may likewise includecolorimetric or other abnormality-indicative signals 933 signifying astatus of the external body portion.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for using tissue response to external perturbations as a probefor detecting abnormalities, features, and/or other physiologicalinformation as described herein without undue experimentation. See,e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,260,440 (“Method and apparatus for measurement ofpressure at a device/body interface”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,232,415 (“Systemand method for noninvasively evaluating a limb suspected of compartmentsyndrome”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,211,063 (“Pressure sensor for therapeuticdelivery device and method”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,845,146 (“Mammographyapparatus and method”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,733,461 (“Methods and apparatusfor measuring arterial compliance, improving pressure calibration, andcomputing flow from pressure data”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,706,001 (“Dualtonometer pressure measurement device”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,547,746(“Method and apparatus for determining response thresholds”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,507,663 (“Method and apparatus for detecting very small breastanomalies”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,425,875 (“Method and device for detectionof a tooth root apex”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,361,495 (“Hand-held non-contacttonometer”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,186,962 (“Method and device for detectingedema”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,139,499 (“Ultrasonic medical system andassociated method”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,063,044 (“Apparatus for measuringmuscle tone”).

Operation 10142 describes transmitting a first control signal to a firstactuator operable for modifying the force upon the first externalportion of the subject's body and a second control signal to a secondactuator operable for modifying a force upon the second external portionof the subject's body (e.g. module 9782 of support control logic 9780transmitting signals 9785, 9786 or other control data selectively to twoor more actuators 9752, 9753, 9754, 9755 in an array configured toreduce one or more shear stress measurements or otherwise to respond toinformation from one or more sensor modules 9713, 9714, 9715 near aninflammation or other externally detected abnormality 9709). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which support control logic 9780performs operation 9840 and in which respective states of the actuatorschange simultaneously or in respective cycles, for example, with orwithout closed-loop control (via sensors of modules 9713-9715, e.g.)configured to respond to tissue stress indications in a vicinity of theactuator(s). In some variants, for example, module 1156 of control logic1160 implements a vector grid 1165, profile 1167, transfer function, orother such control data 1170 to respective instances of actuators 1122each configured to alleviate at least one worst-case shear in skin 1110by exerting forces upon respective portions of skin 1110 within avicinity of which a stress-indicative signal 1125 is obtained.Alternatively or additionally, module 784 of support control logic 780may be configured with one or more parameters 793, 794 defining a modelthat increases a normal incident force at one or more actuator cells(e.g. at cell 730) in a vicinity of a detected anomaly (e.g. at cell740). Such a model may be implemented for coarse positioning, forexample, in response to one or more motion sensors 2472 or otherelements of local modules 2320, 2450, 2510, or 2690 detecting thesubject's limb being repositioned.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for configuring a system for implementing a programmaticresponse to local sensor observations as described herein without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,164,948 (“Cardiac outputmeasurement using dual oxygen sensors in right and left ventricles”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,947,780 (“Auditory alarms for physiological datamonitoring”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,892,405 (“Therapeutic bed and relatedapparatus and methods”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,671,547 (“Adaptive analysismethod for an electrotherapy device and apparatus”); U.S. Pat. No.6,658,292 (“Detection of patient's position and activity status using 3Daccelerometer-based position sensor”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,604,650(“Bottle-cap medication reminder and overdose safeguard”); U.S. Pat. No.6,440,090 (“Spinal cord simulation systems with patient activitymonitoring and therapy adjustments”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,413,233(“Perfusion hyperthermia treatment system and method”); U.S. Pat. No.5,963,997 (“Low air loss patient support system providing activefeedback pressure sensing and correction capabilities for use as a bedmattress and a wheelchair seating system”).

Operation 10146 describes causing an actuator of the artificial supportto modify a lateral component of the force upon the first externalportion of the subject's body (e.g. module 1155 of control logic 1160executing a command sequence 1157 causing a transmission of one or morecontrol signals 1131, 1132 to respective elements 1121, 1122 eachconfigured to exert a primarily-tangential force across the subject'sskin 1110). This can occur, for example, in a context in which commandsequence 1157 is configured to control one or more actuator elements741, 742, 743 configured to push and/or pull one or more cells 740supporting the “first” external body portion. In some variants, forexample, one or more such actuator cells may include (a) a seat 211,814, bed, or other support element operable for engaging or otherwisesupporting a subject's leg and (b) two or more respectively selectablenon-coaxial actuator elements 741, 742 operable to guide at least onecell of the support element each according to a respective statethereof. Alternatively or additionally, one or more such actuators maybe configured to exert a primarily-lateral force at least upon cell 740,such as for measurably reducing a shear force between cell 740 and thebody portion.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for electronically or otherwise controlling or otherwiseconfiguring microelectromechanical, fluidic, or other actuator systemsas described herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat.No. 7,339,299 (“Electric actuator and motor used therein”); U.S. Pat.No. 7,336,018 (“Circuit configuration for charging and discharging aplurality of capacitive actuators”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,327,637 (“Acousticpulse actuator”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,301,256 (“Method and circuitconfiguration for operating a piezoelectric actuator”); U.S. Pat. No.7,199,494 (“Electric linear actuator”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,172,493 (“Fineforce actuator assembly for chemical mechanical polishing apparatuses”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,144,099 (“Liquid drop emitter with splitthermo-mechanical actuator”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,124,837 (“Pneumatic motortrigger actuator”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,100,491 (“Fluid-powered mechanicalactuator and method for controlling”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,052,427(“Electric screw actuator system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,955,113(“Electro-hydraulic actuator with mechanical servo position feedback”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,748,929 (“Electronic circuit configuration andcorresponding method for controlling actuators such as valves orinjectors”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,717,337 (“Piezoelectric acousticactuator”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,715,402 (“Hydraulic control circuit foroperating a split actuator mechanical mechanism”); U.S. Pat. No.6,685,303 (“Thermal actuator with reduced temperature extreme and methodof operating same”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,497,222 (“Actuator configurationand method in particular for actuating an injection valve of an internalcombustion engine”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,271,618 (“Method and configurationfor driving a capacitive actuator”).

Operation 10147 describes configuring the programmatic response partlybased on colorimetric data obtained from the second external portion ofthe subject's body (e.g. configuration module 777 selecting one or morecontrol profiles 796 and/or other parameters 795 configured to reduce aforce upon the second external portion by a greater degree in responseto one or more indications of bruising or inflammation thereof). Thiscan occur, for example, in a context in which controller 775 includesone or more local modules as described herein, in which optical sensor2525 detects one or more indications of discoloration within oroverlapping the “second” external portion, in which the “first” or otherexternal portions extend within a few millimeters thereof, and in whichreflectance sensor 2511 or other optical sensors described herein aresensitive to visible frequency phenomena or other such symptoms. In somevariants, for example, shape recognition, thermal, pathological, orother analysis as described herein may likewise be used for selectingprofile 796 or other parameters 795 of the programmatic response.Alternatively or additionally, some such responses may include othernotifications, evaluations, therapies, aggregations, or other protocolsas described herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for analyzing, treating, or otherwise responding in contexts inwhich optically detectable symptoms can occur as described hereinwithout undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,297,154(“Optical apparatus for detecting and treating vulnerable plaque”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,275,829 (“Ophthalmic laser irradiation apparatus”); U.S. Pat.No. 7,244,122 (“Methods for determining optical characteristics ofdental objects”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,155,273 (“Blanching response pressuresore detector apparatus, and method”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,950,692 (“Opticalcoherence tomography apparatus optical fiber lateral scanner and amethod for studying biological tissues in vivo”); U.S. Pat. No.6,663,242 (“Simultaneous, wavelength multiplexed vision screener”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,507,747 (“Method and apparatus for concomitant structural andbiochemical characterization of tissue”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,892,570(“Method and apparatus for measuring and correcting metamorphopsia”).

With reference now to FIG. 102, there are shown several variants of theflow 9900 of FIG. 99. Operation 9950—obtaining locally-abnormal thermalinformation about a first external portion of a subject's limb—may(optionally) include one or more of the following operations: 10252,10256 or 10257. In some embodiments, variants of operation 9950 may beperformed by one or more instances of detection logic 180, 640, 1275,3285, 3550, 5135, 5670, 6110, 6720, 7940 and/or local modules 2320,2450, 2510, 2690, 5730 (in a vicinity of one or more subjects 310, 320,1720, 1910, 2270, 2920, 3270, 3360, 5220, 6090, e.g.) configured tohandle infrared images, temperature readings, or other such sensor dataof potential diagnostic utility. Operation 9970—causing an artificialsupport to exert an increasing force upon a second external portion ofthe subject's limb at least partly in response to locally-abnormalthermal information about the first external portion of the subject'slimb—may include operation 10274. In some embodiments, variants ofoperation 9970 may be performed by one or more instances of decisionlogic 275, 2250, 2730, 3230, 5750, 5930, 6130, 6395, 7415; supportcontrol logic 780, 9780; or other configuration or control logicdescribed herein. Alternatively or additionally, flow 9900 may beperformed in a context as described above with reference to any of FIGS.1-80 or in conjunction with other flow variants as described below.

Operation 10252 describes receiving thermal information from one or moresensors adjacent the subject's limb (e.g. interface 5265 receivingtemperature-indicative data 5252 from one or more sensors 5203 relatingto a subject's arm or leg). This can occur, for example, in a context inwhich one or more instances of interface 5265 and/or configuration logic5235 each perform operation 9950 and in which one or more such sensorsare implanted into, affixed to, or arranged around a subject site andconfigured to send thermal and/or other status indicative information tosystem module 5250. In some variants, for example, communication betweenthe sensor(s) and the system module will be accomplished through acontinuous conduit 5208. Alternatively or additionally, other suchlinkages among sensors or other modules as described herein mayincorporate one or more wireless linkages such as Bluetooth, wirelessUSB, RF telemetry, cellular, 802.11 (B, G, N), far field telemetry, orother such existing technologies.

Operation 10256 describes detecting additional information about thefirst external portion of the subject's limb (e.g. module 1272 ofdetection logic 1275 receiving auditory data 1244, optical data 1247,subject-provided data 1246, pressure-indicative data 1245, or otheradditional data 1248 relating to an upper portion 1201 of a subject'slimb). This can occur, for example, in a context in which detectionlogic 1275 performs operation 9950 and in which module 1273 isconfigured to receive the locally-abnormal thermal information 1251 fromone or more other sensors of array 1221 before or after module 1272receives such “additional” data. In some variants, for example, opticalsensors 2525 implanted into, affixed onto or arranged near upper portion1201 may be configured to provide other thermal information 1241,chemical composition information 1242, and/or other physiologicalinformation 1243. Other such sensors or related logic described abovewith reference to FIGS. 23-26 may likewise be included in themonitoring, evaluation, or other detection modules of this document, forexample, many of which may be configured to record or otherwise respondto status-indicative information 1260 selectively as described herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for using one or more sensor types to detect and/or derivesuitable types of status information as described herein without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,292,719 (“System and methodfor imaging”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,254,430 (“Measuring apparatus formeasuring a metabolic characteristic in a human body”); U.S. Pat. No.7,226,426 (“Apparatus and method for the detection and quantification ofjoint and tissue inflammation”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,205,991 (“Graphicaluser interface widgets viewable and readable from multiple viewpoints ina volumetric display”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,187,960 (“Apparatus and methodfor measuring biologic parameters”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,733,447 (“Methodand system for remotely monitoring multiple medical parameters”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,679,830 (“Infant incubator with non-contact sensing andmonitoring”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,454,718 (“Intra aural integrated vitalsigns monitor”).

Operation 10257 describes causing a thermal abnormality in the firstexternal portion of the subject's limb (e.g. module 5210 applyingthermal energy to a target region 5225). This can occur, for example, ina context in which the region is heated or cooled to produce a thermalperturbation, such as by dispensing a suitable reactive material oractuating a heating element. In some variants, for example, the durationand/or shape of such perturbations may be used as an indication ofcirculation and/or other thermal transfer properties of local tissues inthe target region 5225. Alternatively or additionally, one or moremodules 5232 of configuration logic 5235 may selectively or otherwiserecord one or more thermal images 5241, timing data 5242, or otherattributes of response 5245 of the region to such thermal deviations maybe used to characterize local tissue for diagnostic purposes.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the use of thermal manipulation and/or detection to probesubject status information and/or pathological indicators as describedherein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,300,453(“System and method for inducing hypothermia with control anddetermination of catheter pressure”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,254,430(“Measuring apparatus for measuring a metabolic characteristic in ahuman body”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,226,426 (“Apparatus and method for thedetection and quantification of joint and tissue inflammation”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,214,094 (“Twist mount wiring receiver”); U.S. Pat. No.7,167,734 (“Method for optical measurements of tissue to determinedisease state or concentration of an analyte”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,974,463(“System and method for patient temperature control employingtemperature projection algorithm”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,950,693 (“Devicerecording a thermo-optical image of the female breast”); U.S. Pat. No.6,660,028 (“Method for determining the effective thermal mass of a bodyor organ using a cooling catheter”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,464,646(“Instrument and method for locating and marking a hot spot in aperson's body tissue”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,458,150 (“Method and apparatusfor patient temperature control”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,086,247(“Differential temperature sensor device for use in the detection ofbreast cancer and breast disease”).

Operation 10274 describes signaling a selective expansion of one or moreactuation elements configured to affect the second external portion ofthe subject's limb (e.g. one or more modules 9781 of support controllogic 9780 triggering one or more actuators 9752, 9753, 9754, 9755 toeither advance or retract thereby increasing or reducing a force appliedto subject body part 9710). This can occur, for example, in a context inwhich one or more instances of circuitry 9790 locally perform operation9840, in which a local tissue abnormality 9709 is detected, and in whichone or more adjacent actuators 9752, 9753, 9754 are advanced and localactuator 9755 is retracted to reduce the pressure and/or force exertedupon portion 9705. In some variants, for example, support 9750 isincorporated into a bed in which one or more actuators 9752, 9753, 9754,9755 are selectively advanced or retracted automatically based upondetected tissue abnormalities 9709. Alternatively or additionally,actuators 9752, 9753, 9754, 9755 may be cycled in one or more selectedpatterns or randomly by support control logic 9780 to avoid theformation of pressure wounds or other adverse effects.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the adjustment of support pressure on one or more body partsto treat and/or prevent pressure wounds, circulatory disruptions, orother adverse physiological phenomena as described herein without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,330,127 (“Force optimizationsurface apparatus and method”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,278,179 (“Inflatabledecubitis mat with vent structures controlled by heat sensors”); U.S.Pat. No. 7,146,664 (“Pneumatic surgical prone head support and system”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,721,980 (“Force optimization surface apparatus andmethod”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,584,628 (“Hospital bed having a rotationaltherapy device”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,560,804 (“System and methods formattress control in relation to patient distance”); U.S. Pat. No.6,034,526 (“Apparatus for controlling the inflation pressure of amattress in response to deformation of the mattress using impedancemeasurement”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,983,429 (“Method and apparatus forsupporting and for supplying therapy to a patient”).

Operation 10290 describes determining whether a decreased force isexerted upon the first external portion of the subject's limb (e.g. oneor more sensor modules 9713, 9714, 9715 placed in one or more subjectcontact regions detecting localized pressure and/orforce-change-indicative values 9723, 9724, 9725 in some or all of theseregions). This can occur, for example, in a context in which a portionof the subject body 9710 rests on support 9750 as shown and in which asymptom is effectively detectable only by monitoring suchforce-indicative, shape-indicative, size-indicative, or otherstress-indicative data in relation that portion over a period of severalseconds or more. (Motion from the subject may affect the pressure and/orforce observed exerted on the subject body 9710 by the support 9750 forshorter periods.) In some variants, for example, brief subject movementsmay be tracked by monitoring one or more pressure values recorded bysensor modules 9713, 9714, 9715. Alternatively or additionally, pressurechanges in respective portions 9703, 9704, 9705 may be used to adjustactuator positions to maintain the force exerted on the subject bodypart 9710 within a desired range.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for monitoring the pressure exerted on a body part by a supportas described herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat.No. 7,337,680 (“System and method for measuring plantar foot pressure”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,234,359 (“Semiconductor force sensor”); U.S. Pat. No.6,822,571 (“Patient movement detection system for a bed including a loadcell mounting assembly”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,791,460 (“Patient positiondetection apparatus for a bed”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,770,045 (“Orthosis kneejoint”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,721,980 (“Force optimization surface apparatusand method”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,585,328 (“Customized mattress evaluationsystem”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,133,837 (“Patient position system and methodfor a support surface”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,993,400 (“Apparatus and methodfor monitoring contact pressure between body parts and contactsurfaces”).

With reference now to FIG. 103, there are shown several variants of theflow 9900 of FIG. 99 or 102. Operation 9950—obtaining locally-abnormalthermal information about a first external portion of a subject'slimb—may (optionally) include one or more of the following operations:10351, 10353, 10355 or 10359. In some embodiments, variants of operation9950 may be performed by one or more instances of sensors and/orinterfaces configured to handle thermal information of potentialdiagnostic utility. Operation 9970—causing an artificial support toexert an increasing force upon a second external portion of thesubject's limb at least partly in response to locally-abnormal thermalinformation about the first external portion of the subject's limb—mayinclude one or more of the following operations 10376 or 10378. In someembodiments, variants of operation 9970 may be performed by one or moreinstances of actuators, control circuitry, and/or other responsiveelements as described herein. Alternatively or additionally, flow 9900may be performed in a context as described with reference to any ofFIGS. 1-80 or in conjunction with other flow variants as describedbelow.

Operation 10351 describes obtaining information from a remote sourceincluding at least the locally-abnormal thermal information about thefirst external portion of the subject's limb (e.g. aggregation module5281 remotely receiving information 5260 including at least somelocal-abnormality-indicative data 5253 about region 5225). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which port 5261 and network 5290each performs operation 9950 by receiving such data from one or moresensors 5203 local to region 5225, with or without comparativeinformation 5276. Alternatively or additionally, system module 5250 mayimplement one or more controllers 775, notification logic 7875, and/orother such structures in this document suitable for acting uponcomparative information 5276 or other such information 5260 afterretrieving it or otherwise receiving distributions of update data 5255from aggregation module 5281 or other resources.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for connecting to and retrieving subject status information froma remote data source and/or processing system as described hereinwithout undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,269,476(“Smart medicine container”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,250,855 (“False alarmmitigation using a sensor network”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,248,917 (“Selftreatment device”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,226,426 (“Apparatus and method forthe detection and quantification of joint and tissue inflammation”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,147,600 (“System and method for determining a referencebaseline of patient information”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,027,871 (“Aggregationof data from external data sources within an implantable medicaldevice”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,922,592 (“Implantable medical devicecontrolled by a non-invasive physiological data measurement device”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,824,512 (“Communications system for an implantabledevice and a drug dispenser”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,801,137 (“Bidirectionalcommunication between a sensor unit and a monitor unit in patientmonitoring”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,463,310 (“Method and circuit for storingand providing historical physiological data”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,440,067(“System and method for remotely monitoring functional activities”).

Operation 10353 describes indicating one or more of a thigh location, acalf location, or a foot location as the first external portion of thesubject's limb (e.g. module 2973 of decision logic 2975 receivingcommunication 2935 or other data 2955 activating one or more sensorsidentified with or otherwise identifying a subject body portion). Thiscan occur, for example, in a context in which decision logic 2975performs operation 9950 and in which one or more sensors 2927 are placedon or near the subject limb, optionally in one or more arrays 1221, 1222as shown in FIG. 12. In some contexts, for example, one or more suchportions 1201, 1202 may be selected as a primary sensor location forlimb monitoring. Alternatively or additionally, one or more othersensors as described with reference to FIG. 23-26 may be positioned tomonitor such subject portions 1201 and/or other contemporaneousattributes of the subject as described herein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the selective inclusion and/or activation of one or moresensors from a sensor set as a primary sensor location without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,332,743 (“Thin filmtransistor array panel and liquid crystal display”); U.S. Pat. No.7,208,983 (“Image-sensor signal processing circuit”); U.S. Pat. No.7,190,987 (“Neonatal bootie wrap”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,155,281(“Complimentary activity sensor network for disease monitoring andtherapy modulation in an implantable device”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,149,645(“Method and apparatus for accurate on-die temperature measurement”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,275,733 (“Dual sensor rate response pacemaker”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,271,766 (“Distributed selectable latent fiber opticsensors”).

Operation 10355 describes updating a normality threshold configured toevaluate other thermal information about the subject's limb (e.g. module5233 of configuration logic 5235 changing or otherwise updating one ormore thermal thresholds 5271). This can occur, for example, in a contextin which a symptom is effectively detectable only by monitoring suchthermal indicia in relation to the limb and in which new operatingparameters 5275 or other comparative information 5276 are received froma sensor as described above, for example, in relation to FIGS. 23-26. Insome variants, for example, information from an ambient sensor 5201and/or a core body sensor 5202 may be used to generate and/or adjustthresholds applied to sensor data 5251 from one or more other sensorsextending into, in contact with, or otherwise arranged around thesubject. Alternatively or additionally, historic and/or processedinformation from a remote storage and/or processing device 5291 or fromother resources 5292 may be used to provide and/or adjust thresholds orother filtering information applied to the sensor data 5251 or otherportions of information 5260 obtained from the subject limb.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for requesting, receiving, or otherwise interacting withnumerical thresholds as described herein without undue experimentation.See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,250,855 (“False alarm mitigation using asensor network”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,079,035 (“Method and apparatus forcontrolling an alarm while monitoring”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,037,273 (“Corebody temperature monitoring in heart failure patients”); U.S. Pat. No.6,942,626 (“Apparatus and method for identifying sleep disorderedbreathing”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,569,095 (“Adaptive selection of a warninglimit in patient monitoring”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,552,531 (“Method andcircuit for processing signals for a motion sensor”); U.S. Pat. No.6,263,243 (“Rate adaptive pacemaker”).

Operation 10359 describes detecting how long a thermal abnormalityapparently remains in the first external portion of the subject's limb(e.g. counter 5173 or other timing logic 5175 generating one or morevalues 5181 indicating how long a limb portion remains below atemperature-change-rate or other thermal threshold 5112). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which detection logic 5135 performsoperation 9950, in which module 5133 signals counter 5173 to stopresponsive to one or more values 5181 satisfying a normality-indicativecondition 5125, in which module 5131 of detection logic 5135 isconfigured to reset and/or enable one or more counters 5173 in responseto module 5132 detecting that sensor data 5184 violates data filter5121, and in which one or modules 5131, 5132, 5133 of detection logic5135 are configured to halt and/or read counter 5173 in response to areset of filter violation status 5183. Alternatively or additionally,one or more such modules of detection logic 5135 may trigger a recordingdevice to store one or more event records 5160 containing, for example,one or more of a timestamp 5161, filter configuration data 5167, sensordata 5168, or other information relating to a condition in which afilter status is engaged or removed.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for using experimental data for measuring or otherwiseestimating intervals as described herein without undue experimentation.See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,319,400 (“Method and apparatus for monitoringa restraint device”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,151,957 (“Method and device foranalyzing a periodic or semi-periodic signal”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,029,447(“Measuring blood pressure”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,720,875 (“Self-adjustingalarm device with low energy consumption”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,691,979(“Adaptive object-sensing system for automatic flusher”); U.S. Pat. No.6,600,425 (“Method and apparatus for detecting and recording episodicoverloads in a circuit”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,580,994 (“Driving forcecontrolling apparatus and method for four-wheel drive vehicle”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,200,270 (“Sensor for non-invasive and continuousdetermination of the duration of arterial pulse waves”); U.S. Pat. No.6,047,201 (“Infant blood oxygen monitor and SIDS warning device”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,014,346 (“Medical timer/monitor and method of monitoringpatient status”).

Operation 10376 describes selecting an element configured to interactwith apparently healthy tissue as the second external portion of thesubject's limb (e.g. one or more modules 782 of support control logic780 selecting one or more cells 740 or one or more of their actuationelements 741, 742, 743 in response to a determination that no anomalieshave been detected in tissue adjacent cell 740). This can occur, forexample, in a context in which support control logic 780 performsoperation 9970, in which support 420 of FIG. 4 implements array 705 ofFIG. 7, in which component 414 contains cell 740, in which one or moresensors 424 as described herein are positioned in or near cell 740 fordetecting one or more tissue attributes of external portion 404 of body410, in which one or more such cells 740, 750 are positioned so that amovement of cell 740 may directly result in an increasing lateral and/ornormal force upon external portion 404, and in which a selection of cell740 may thereby effectively result in a determination of the “second”external portion. In some variants, for example, an expansion of one ormore elements 742, 743 may cause such an increasing force, a directionof which may be modified by one or more other elements 741.Alternatively or additionally, module 782 may control such movement ofcomponent 414 with closed-loop control so that component 414 ispositioned to minimize a shear force or otherwise favorably influence anattribute of abnormality 409 detected, for example, via sensor 425.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for detecting or characterizing injuries or other localizedstructures and/or phenomena as described herein without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,303,555 (“Imaging andtherapeutic procedure for carpal tunnel syndrome”); U.S. Pat. No.7,226,426 (“Apparatus and method for the detection and quantification ofjoint and tissue inflammation”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,155,273 (“Blanchingresponse pressure sore detector apparatus and method”); U.S. Pat. No.7,006,676 (“Method and apparatus for detecting an abnormality within ahost medium utilizing frequency-swept modulation diffusion tomography”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,993,167 (“System and method for examining, recording andanalyzing dermatological conditions”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,880,387(“Acoustic micro imaging method providing improved informationderivation and visualization”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,544,186 (“System andmethod for diagnostic imaging”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,464,646 (“Instrumentand method for locating and marking a hot spot in a person's bodytissue”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,258,046 (“Method and device for assessingperfusion failure in a patient by measurement of blood flow”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,233,479 (“Microwave hematoma detector”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,192,143(“Apparatus for detecting very small breast anomalies”); U.S. Pat. No.6,056,692 (“Apparatus and method for locating and marking bloodvessels”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,999,836 (“Enhanced high resolution breastimaging device and method utilizing non-ionizing radiation of narrowspectral bandwidth”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,989,194 (“Method and apparatus fordetecting ocular disease and abnormalities”).

Operation 10378 describes causing one or more actuation elements toreduce a force exerted upon the first external portion of the subject'slimb (e.g. module 781 of support control logic 780 causing a contractionof one or more elements 753 so that cell 750 exerts a decreasing shearor other force upon a subject's leg wound). This can occur, for example,in a context in which one or more arrangements of actuation and/orsensor elements are distributed over a region of concern in a subjectlimb, in which system module 1230 configures a suitable actuationcontroller as described herein, and in which conventional modes ofobservation may fail to reveal an abnormality in time. In some variants,for example, array 705 may expand or contract to maintain a pressurewithin a detection range as the body part expands or contracts due toincreased or decreased tissue swelling. Alternatively or additionally,one or more modules 783, 784 of support control logic 780 may beconfigured to actuate one or more arrays 1221, 1222 or otherconfigurations of actuators cyclically or otherwise in patterns selectedby specifying one or more parameters 793-795, such as to preventcirculatory disruptions or other adverse effects.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the adjustment of pressure and/or force applied to one ormore body parts by a surface contact element to treat and/or preventcirculatory disruptions or other adverse physiological phenomena asdescribed herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.7,338,482 (“External catheter access to vacuum bandage”); U.S. Pat. No.7,314,478 (“High efficiency external counterpulsation apparatus andmethod for controlling same”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,214,202 (“Therapeuticapparatus for treating ulcers”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,135,032 (“Femoralcompression device with support”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,135,007 (“Compressiongarments and related methods”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,037,256 (“Method, systemand kit for treatment of Peyronie's disease”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,988,499(“Mechanical resuscitator”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,945,944 (“Therapeutic limbcovering using hydrostatic pressure”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,786,879(“Gradient sequential compression system for preventing deep veinthrombosis”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,752,771 (“Cardiac assist method using aninflatable vest”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,645,165 (“Lymphedema treatmentsystem”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,620,146 (“Adult incontinence article withbody-shaping elastics”).

With reference now to FIG. 104, shown is a system 10400 in which one ormore technologies may be implemented in relation to an instrument 10440configured to interact with one or more legs 10421, 10422 of subject10420. As shown, instrument 10440 may (optionally) include one or moresensors 10441 configured at least to provide data 10448 to module 10450via channel 10445. Module 10450 may include one or more instances ofresponsive logic 10460 and/or modules 10475 of decision logic 10470configured to act upon data 10448. Responsive logic 10460, for example,may include one or more instances of control modules 10461 and/orevaluation modules 10462 as described herein.

With reference now to FIG. 105, shown is a flow 10500 comprisingoperation 10520—obtaining local circulatory information relating to aleg of a subject (e.g. responsive logic 10460 receiving local flow rateor other data 10448 describing circulation within one or more legs 10421of subject 10420). This can occur, for example, in a context in whichinstrument 10440 detects physical conditions within leg 10421 directlyor via sensors in clothing or otherwise supported near leg 10421 asdescribed herein. Alternatively or additionally, the local circulatoryinformation may include a history of such measurements of leg 10421 overa period of hours, days, or months.

Operation 10580 describes signaling a decision whether to transmit anotification in response to one or more comparisons between filteringinformation specific to the subject and the local circulatoryinformation relating to the leg of the subject (e.g. decision logic10470 sounding an alarm or otherwise transmitting a notification ifmodule 10475 detects unusually slow flow or other evidence of poorcirculation locally within leg 10421). This can occur, for example, in acontext in which module 10475 is configured to perform a normalcycomparison operation and in which module 10450 is implemented in orotherwise operable for interacting with a portable instrument 10440, autility device, or some other suitable hardware at least sometimesaccessible to subjects as described herein.

With reference now to FIG. 106, there are shown several variants of theflow 10500 of FIG. 105. Operation 10520—obtaining local circulatoryinformation relating to a leg of a subject—may (optionally) include oneor more of the following operations: 10622 or 10624. In someembodiments, variants of operation 10520 may be performed by one or moreinstances of support control logic 780, invocation logic 3140, or othersuch sensor-containing or other responsive elements as described herein.Operation 10580—signaling a decision whether to transmit a notificationin response to one or more comparisons between filtering informationspecific to the subject and the local circulatory information relatingto the leg of the subject—may include one or more of the followingoperations 10681, 10683, 10685 or 10689. In some embodiments, variantsof operation 10580 may be performed by one or more instances ofnotification logic 1290, 3535, 3991, 6180, 7460, 7875; evaluation logic150, 250, 950, 1530, 7565; remote resources, or other componentsresponsive to a measurement, user input, and/or other indication ofcirculatory status. Alternatively or additionally, flow 10500 may beperformed in a context as described above with reference to any of FIGS.1-80 and/or in conjunction with other flow variants as described below.

Operation 10622 describes obtaining a comparison result as the localcirculatory information relating to the leg of the subject (e.g. module3143 obtaining one or more results 3136 of one or more comparisonsbetween earlier indications 3115, 3183 and later indications 3125, 3184of flow in the subject). This can occur, for example, in a context inwhich one or more such indications 3183-3185 are extracted frommeasurements or other event-indicative records 3110, 3120, in whichinvocation logic 3140 performs operation 10520 by invoking evaluationlogic 3197 (remotely) or other data filters 3151 that perform suchcomparisons. Such filtering information 3170 may (optionally) be partlybased upon contemporaneous local circulatory information obtained fromother body parts of the subject, for example, to ascertain whether adetected change is apparently vascular, as described herein. See, e.g.,the description of operation 10788 below.

Operation 10624 describes configuring an artificial support to modify aforce upon the leg of the subject (e.g. one or more modules 783 ofsupport control logic 780 urging cell 740 laterally toward or away fromadjacent cell 710 by causing one or more elements 741, 742, 743 toexpand or contract). This can occur, for example, in a context in whicha support layer or other suitable structure 765 adhesively or otherwiseholds array 705 in a vicinity of leg 10421, in which control module10461 implements controller 775, in which support control logic 780performs operation 10520, and in which module 783 selectively opens oneor more valves 746, 747 in fluid communication with higher- orlower-pressure reservoirs (not shown) so that element 743 controllablyexpands or contracts. In some variants, for example, one or more otherelements 741, 742 may undergo an offsetting transition so that the netmotion of cell 740 is primarily across the subject's skin. Alternativelyor additionally, such other elements may undergo a like transition asthat of element 743 so that the net motion of cell 740 is primarilyorthogonal to structure 765, toward or away from the subject's skin.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for configuring expanding, contracting, and/or other actuatorelements as described herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g.,U.S. Pat. No. 7,328,472 (“Configurable inflatable support devices”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,893,089 (“Method and apparatus for lumbar support withintegrated actuator housing”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,886,200 (“Hydraulicactuator apparatus for a surgical table”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,837,351(“Electromagnetic clutch assembly having enhanced torque throughput”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,240,582 (“Apparatus for positioning a patient-supportdeck”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,098,908 (“Configuration of an actuationmechanism which controls operation of a sub-drag mechanism in a fishingreel”).

Operation 10681 describes including at least user-provided input withthe notification (e.g. module 7752 of configuration logic 7755 includinga category 7731, response 7732, verification 7733, distribution 7734, orother user input 7738 within or otherwise with notification content7771). This can occur, for example, in a context in which varioussubjects 7710, caregivers, or other parties provide such input asdescribed herein and in which these or other inputs 7738, 7739 mayaffect what the notification includes and/or whether or where thenotification is transmitted. In some variants, for example, module 7752may respond to an indication 7780 of a resource availability change,such as by rerouting, rescheduling, or otherwise reconfiguring apotential or partial notification's content or delivery parameters.Alternatively or additionally, an indication of a lack of timely input(from a first user, e.g.) may be included in a notification to anotheruser, in some variants.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for configuring a notification to include or otherwise indicateuser preferences, status, or other such input as described hereinwithout undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,325,054(“System for notifying destination user when status of consumableproducts of printing devices meets user selected notificationcondition”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,209,955 (“Notification system and methodfor a mobile data communication device”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,968,294(“Automatic system for monitoring person requiring care and his/hercaretaker”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,907,375 (“Method and apparatus for dynamicchecking and reporting system health”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,878,111 (“Systemfor measuring subjective well being”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,277,071 (“Chronicdisease monitor”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,190,313 (“Interactive health caresystem and method”).

Operation 10683 describes receiving information from one or more sensorsadjacent the leg of the subject (e.g. module 10475 of decision logic10470 receiving images or other data 10448 via one or more sensors 10441adjacent leg 10421). This can occur, for example, in a context in whichdecision module 10470 performs operation 10580, in which a symptom iseffectively detectable only by monitoring a subject's leg(s) over aperiod of a few hours or more, and in which the sensor(s) are configuredto send circulatory and/or other status indicative information to module10450. In some variants, for example, one or more channels 10445 betweenthe sensor(s) and the system module may be accomplished through acontinuous conduit. Alternatively or additionally, other such linkagesamong sensors or other circuitry as described herein may incorporate oneor more wireless linkages such as Bluetooth, wireless USB, RF telemetry,cellular, 802.11 (B, G, N), far field telemetry, or other such existingtechnologies.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for using wired and/or wireless technology for the communicationbetween one or more sensor modules and the acquisition system asdescribed herein without undue experimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.7,299,085 (“Remote monitoring of implanted medical device and surfaceECG signals”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,289,253 (“System and methods forshearless hologram acquisition”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,198,603 (“Apparatusand methods using acoustic telemetry for intrabody communications”);U.S. Pat. No. 7,069,086 (“Method and system for improved spectralefficiency of far field telemetry in a medical device”); U.S. Pat. No.6,970,737 (“Portable ECG device with wireless communication interface toremotely monitor patients and method of use”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,816,744(“Device and system for remote for in-clinictrans-abdominal/vaginal/cervical acquisition, and detection, analysis,and communication of maternal uterine and maternal and fetal cardiac andfetal brain activity from electrical signals”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,597,948(“Defibrillator with wireless communications”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,577,901(“Network compatible RF wireless link for medical device datamanagement”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,485,416 (“Remote monitoring apparatus formedical conditions”).

Operation 10685 describes detecting additional information about the legof the subject (e.g. module 1272 of detection logic 1275 receivingauditory data 1244, optical data 1247, subject-provided data 1246,pressure-indicative data 1245, or other additional data 1248 relating toone or more portions of the leg). This can occur, for example, in acontext in which detection logic 1275 performs operation 10580, in whicha subject is at home or at some other site at which maintaining adequatevigilance may be difficult, and in which module 1273 is configured toreceive (locally-abnormal) thermal information 1251 or other informationfrom one or more other sensors of array 1221 before or after module 1272receives such “additional” data. In some variants, for example, opticalsensors 2525 implanted into, affixed onto or arranged near the leg maybe configured to provide other thermal information 1241, chemicalcomposition information 1242, and/or other physiological information1243. Other such sensors or related logic described above with referenceto FIGS. 23-26 may likewise be included in the monitoring, evaluation,or other detection modules of this document, for example, many of whichmay be configured to record or otherwise respond to status-indicativeinformation 1260 selectively as described herein.

Operation 10689 describes enabling a performance of at least one of theone or more comparisons at a resource remote from the subject (e.g.interface 7563 transmitting force estimates or other stress-indicativeinformation 7533 with corresponding locality information 7531, timinginformation 7532, patient-specific information 7534, or other suchcomparative parameters). This can occur, for example, in a context inwhich evaluation logic 7565 performs operation 10580 and in whichcomparative information and/or other data as described herein istransmitted to or otherwise affects a configuration of one or morestandards 7588, logic modules 7562, or other such comparison modedeterminants 7535 configured to be applied remotely. In some variants,for example, one or more signal channels 7575 may be implemented in oneor more aggregators or other such adjunct services 7590 operableremotely from an external module 9320 or other structures describedherein for interacting with subjects. Alternatively or additionally, oneor more comparisons or other evaluations as described herein mayinitially be performed locally to the subject's body.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for comparing measurements, images, pathologies, profiles, orother such patterns as described herein without undue experimentation.See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,258,670 (“System and method for diagnosingand monitoring respiratory insufficiency for automated remote patientcare”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,252,637 (“Method for continuous monitoring ofpatients to detect the potential onset of sepsis”); U.S. Pat. No.6,926,668 (“System and method for analyzing normalized patient voicefeedback in an automated collection and analysis patient care system”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,921,365 (“Remote non-invasive biofeedback diagnosticsystem based on patient image”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,908,437 (“System andmethod for diagnosing and monitoring congestive heart failure forautomated remote patient care”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,616,613 (“Physiologicalsignal monitoring system”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,501,849 (“System and methodfor performing image-based diagnosis over a network”); U.S. Pat. No.6,454,705 (“Medical wellness parameters management system, apparatus andmethod”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,416,471 (“Portable remote patienttelemonitoring system”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,793,969 (“Network review andanalysis of computer encoded slides”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,210,301 (“Patientmonitoring system”).

With reference now to FIG. 107, there are shown several variants of theflow 10500 of FIG. 105 or 106. Operation 10520—obtaining localcirculatory information relating to a leg of a subject—may (optionally)include one or more of the following operations: 10721 or 10725. In someembodiments, variants of operation 10520 may be performed by one or moreinstances of decision logic 2975 or other response logic as describedherein. Operation 10580—signaling a decision whether to transmit anotification in response to one or more comparisons between filteringinformation specific to the subject and the local circulatoryinformation relating to the leg of the subject—may include one or moreof the following operations 10782, 10786 or 10788. In some embodiments,variants of operation 10580 may be performed by one or more instances ofcontrol logic, configuration logic 5235, 7755, notification logic 1290,3535, 3991, 6180, 7460, 7875; evaluation logic 150, 250, 950, 1530,7565; or other components suitable for generating content for use insuch a decision or notification. Alternatively or additionally, flow10500 may be performed in a context as described above with reference toany of FIGS. 1-80 and/or in conjunction with other flow variants asdescribed herein.

Operation 10721 describes relating the local circulatory information toone or more of a thigh location, a calf location, or a foot location ofthe leg of the subject (e.g. module 2973 of decision logic 2975receiving communication 2935 or other data causing an activation of oneor more sensors identified with or otherwise identifying such a bodyportion within subject 2920). This can occur, for example, in a contextin which decision logic 2975 performs operation 10520 and in which oneor more sensors 2927 are placed on or near the subject portion,optionally in one or more arrays 1221, 1222 as shown in FIG. 12). Insome contexts, for example, one or more such portions 1201, 1202 may beselected as a primary sensor location for limb monitoring. Alternativelyor additionally, one or more other sensors as described with referenceto FIG. 23-26 may be positioned to monitor such subject portions 1201and/or other contemporaneous attributes of the subject as describedherein.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for the selective inclusion and/or activation of one or moresensors from a sensor set as a primary sensor location without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,332,743 (“Thin filmtransistor array panel and liquid crystal display”); U.S. Pat. No.7,208,983 (“Image-sensor signal processing circuit”); U.S. Pat. No.7,190,987 (“Neonatal bootie wrap”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,155,281(“Complimentary activity sensor network for disease monitoring andtherapy modulation in an implantable device”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,149,645(“Method and apparatus for accurate on-die temperature measurement”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,275,733 (“Dual sensor rate response pacemaker”); U.S.Pat. No. 6,271,766 (“Distributed selectable latent fiber opticsensors”).

Operation 10725 describes capturing one or more shape-indicative imagesin the local circulatory information relating to the leg of the subject(e.g. module 1621 causing a recordation of one or more images 1697 froman array or other configuration of sensors 7717 into memory 7765 orother media 1695). This can occur, for example, in embodiments in whichresponse module performs operation 10520 and in which primary module7790 may communicate in one or both directions with one or more activesets of ultrasound sensors 1981 or other shape-indicative sensorsconfigured to apply one or more respective-set-specific intensitythresholds 1653 and/or frequency thresholds 1654. Such an embodiment maybe used, for example, to estimate an areal expansion or other gradientrelating to a region of abnormal circulation. Alternatively oradditionally, such data may be used to derive an aspect ratio, a shapetype, or other such shape-indicative attributes 1699 of such detectableabnormalities.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for pattern recognition or other such techniques suitable foruse in monitoring pathologies as described herein without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,336,804 (“Method andapparatus for detection of drowsiness and quantitative control ofbiological processes”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,317,821 (“Automatic abnormaltissue detection in MRI images”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,214,195 (“Method ofand apparatus for detecting diseased tissue by sensing two bands ofinfrared radiation”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,214,194 (“Method for thermaldiagnosis of pathology of a bioobject and device for carrying out saidmethod”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,171,680 (“Method and apparatus forelectro-biometric identity recognition”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,162,061(“Abnormal pattern detection processing method and system”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,963,772 (“User-retainable temperature and impedance monitoringmethods and devices”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,440,084 (“Thermal scanning systemand method”).

Operation 10782 describes including at least a magnitude indication withthe notification (e.g. module 781 of support control logic 780 causing acontraction of one or more elements 753 so that cell 750 exerts adecreasing shear or other force upon a subject's leg wound). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which one or more arrays 1221, 1222of FIG. 12 implement array 705 of FIG. 7, in which at least controllogic 1280 performs operation 10580, in which one or more arrangementsof actuation and/or sensor elements are distributed over a region ofconcern in a subject limb and in which system module 1230 configures asuitable actuation controller as described herein. In some variants, forexample, array 705 may expand or contract to maintain a pressure withina detection range as the body part expands or contracts due to increasedor decreased tissue swelling. Alternatively or additionally, one or moremodules 783, 784 of support control logic 780 may be configured toactuate one or more arrays or other configurations of actuatorscyclically or otherwise in patterns selected by specifying one or moreparameters 793-795, such as to prevent circulatory disruptions or otheradverse effects.

Operation 10786 describes performing at least one of the one or morecomparisons using an updated normalcy threshold (e.g. module 7751 ofconfiguration logic 7755 changing or otherwise updating one or moreoptical or other normalcy thresholds 7762). This can occur, for example,in a context in which configuration logic 7755 performs operation 10580,in which such comparative information is derived from sensor datadescribed herein, and in which one or more users or devices haveindicated an availability to receive such notifications with one or moresuch parametric updates. In some variants, for example, information fromone or more sensors 7717 on or near a subject 7710 may be used togenerate and/or adjust thresholds applied to sensor data 7741 from oneor more other sensors extending into, in contact with, or otherwisearranged around the subject. Alternatively or additionally, historicand/or processed information from a remote storage and/or processingdevice may be used to provide and/or adjust thresholds or otherfiltering information applied to the sensor data 7741 or other types ofinformation 7745 obtained about the subject limb.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for requesting, receiving, or otherwise interacting withnumerical thresholds as described herein without undue experimentation.See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,250,855 (“False alarm mitigation using asensor network”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,079,035 (“Method and apparatus forcontrolling an alarm while monitoring”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,037,273 (“Corebody temperature monitoring in heart failure patients”); U.S. Pat. No.6,942,626 (“Apparatus and method for identifying sleep disorderedbreathing”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,569,095 (“Adaptive selection of a warninglimit in patient monitoring”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,552,531 (“Method andcircuit for processing signals for a motion sensor”); U.S. Pat. No.6,263,243 (“Rate adaptive pacemaker”).

Operation 10788 describes obtaining at least some of the filteringinformation from another limb of the subject (e.g. one or more modules782 of support control logic 780 selecting one or more cells 740 or oneor more of their actuation elements 741, 742, 743 in response to adetermination that no anomalies have been detected in tissue adjacentcell 740). This can occur, for example, in a context in which supportcontrol logic 780 performs operation 10580, in which component 414contains cell 740, in which one or more sensors 424 as described hereinare positioned in or near cell 740 for detecting one or more tissueattributes of external portion 404 of body 410, in which one or moresuch cells 740, 750 are positioned so that a movement of cell 740 maydirectly result in an increasing lateral and/or normal force uponexternal portion 404, and in which a selection of cell 740 may therebyeffectively implement a determination of the “second” external portion.In some variants, for example, an expansion of one or more elements 742,743 may cause such an increasing force, a direction of which may bemodified by one or more other elements 741. Alternatively oradditionally, module 782 may control such movement of component 414 withclosed-loop control so that component 414 is positioned to minimize ashear force or otherwise favorably influence an attribute of abnormality409 detected, for example, via sensor 425.

In light of teachings herein, numerous existing techniques may beapplied for detecting or characterizing injuries or other localizedstructures and/or phenomena as described herein without undueexperimentation. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 7,303,555 (“Imaging andtherapeutic procedure for carpal tunnel syndrome”); U.S. Pat. No.7,226,426 (“Apparatus and method for the detection and quantification ofjoint and tissue inflammation”); U.S. Pat. No. 7,155,273 (“Blanchingresponse pressure sore detector apparatus and method”); U.S. Pat. No.7,006,676 (“Method and apparatus for detecting an abnormality within ahost medium utilizing frequency-swept modulation diffusion tomography”);U.S. Pat. No. 6,993,167 (“System and method for examining, recording andanalyzing dermatological conditions”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,880,387(“Acoustic micro imaging method providing improved informationderivation and visualization”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,544,186 (“System andmethod for diagnostic imaging”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,464,646 (“Instrumentand method for locating and marking a hot spot in a person's bodytissue”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,258,046 (“Method and device for assessingperfusion failure in a patient by measurement of blood flow”); U.S. Pat.No. 6,233,479 (“Microwave hematoma detector”); U.S. Pat. No. 6,192,143(“Apparatus for detecting very small breast anomalies”); U.S. Pat. No.6,056,692 (“Apparatus and method for locating and marking bloodvessels”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,999,836 (“Enhanced high resolution breastimaging device and method utilizing non-ionizing radiation of narrowspectral bandwidth”); U.S. Pat. No. 5,989,194 (“Method and apparatus fordetecting ocular disease and abnormalities”).

With reference now to FIG. 108, shown is an example of a system 10800that may serve as a context for introducing one or more processes and/ordevices described herein, comprising one or more instances of module10830 operable for interacting with module 10890. As shown, module 10830may include one or more modules 10811 of dispensing logic 10810 operablefor controlling statin dispenser 10818 or (other) therapeutic dispenser10819; memory 10821 operable for handling software-implemented or otherregimens; or one or more sensors 10822 as described herein. Also shownis a kidney or other organ 10860 having one or more (therapeutic-agent-)suffused portions 10861 and one or more other portions 10862, at leastone of the suffused portions 10861 comprising a vicinity 10865 of(converging venules 10864 of) lumen 10895

Next downstream as shown, module 10890 comprises one or more modules10831, 10832 of response logic 10835; (transvascular or other)extraction modules 10845; sensors 10881; dispensers 10882; or clamps10855. As shown, extraction module 10845 comprises one or more ports10841 to be formed through vessel wall 10846, operable for extracting aportion 10844 of lytic-material-infused blood 10842, for example, intoone or more absorbent elements 10847, dialysis extractors, and/or toother such disposal vessels. As shown, one or more clamps 10855 areconfigured to limit outflow 10899 from module 10890 by expanding one ormore actuators 10857, thereby levering lumen 10895 to occlude ittemporarily as shown. Alternatively or additionally, vicinity 10885 oflumen 10895 may include one or more conduits 10867 operable forselectively removing a portion of outflow 10899 by redirecting it to oneor more artificial disposal vessels 10870 as shown.

Concerning the opening of port 10841 or other timing of capture logic2880 (of FIG. 28) or similar responsive circuitry described herein, adelay time between a capture site and an upstream site can be readilyestimated. A human blood cell typically travels about ⅓ of a millimeterper second in capillaries, for example. In some contexts, an accuratemodel may best be developed by measuring a specific interpositionaldelay empirically using, for example, a fluorescent material or otherdetectable measurement technique. Such a delay can readily beimplemented in a digital or other timing feature of modules as describedherein, for example, initiating a later operation at a programmedinterval following a triggering event as described herein. In situationswhere a more reliable model is needed, a pulse-dependent,local-pressure-dependent, or other adaptive model may be appropriate,and well within the capabilities of skilled practitioners without undueexperimentation in light of teachings herein.

An embodiment provides a module 10890 comprising a clamp 10855 and/orother artificial structure(s) operable to impede most of outflow 10899from vascular lumen 10895 and a dispenser 10819 or other structureoperable to administer a lytic or other therapeutic material locally tothe lumen 10895. (Other such embodiments are described, for example,with reference to FIG. 36.) Such dispensers can be positioned upstreamfrom some or all of organ 10860, for example, in an artery or arteriole.Such artificial structures can likewise include one or more disposals2889, pumps 2887, extraction modules 10845, sensors, a housing or othersupport structure (as indicated in system 2800), communication conduits,or other components described herein.

With reference now to FIG. 109, shown is a flow 10900 comprisingoperation 10910—obtaining one or more indications of a lytic material ina vicinity of one or more body lumens (e.g. module 10831 of responselogic 10835 responding to a signal from one or more sensors 10822, 10881or some other indication that an anticoagulant or other lytic materialwill apparently be present in a vicinity 10865 of lumen 10895). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which response logic 10835 receivesa notification that one or more lytic-material-containing dispensers10819 have been activated. Alternatively or additionally, suchindications can result from one or more sensors 10881 detecting one ormore natural chemical markers resulting from injury, for example.Alternatively or additionally, such indications can result fromdispenser 10882 administering a lytic compound by backflow into organportion 10861—injecting the compound at a somewhat higher pressure thanthat of blood in venules 10864.

Flow 10900 further comprises operation 10970—accelerating a decrease ina local concentration of the lytic material in the vicinity of the oneor more body lumens by causing one or more elements to extract at leasta portion of the lytic material in the vicinity of the one or more bodylumens in response to the one or more indications of the lytic materialin the vicinity of the one or more body lumens (e.g. port 10841 orconduit 10867 opening shortly after a dispensation of fibrinolyticmaterial in upstream vicinity). This can occur, for example, inembodiments in which such ports or conduits are configured to allowhigher-than-nominal concentrations of the lytic material to drain out ofthe vascular system, optionally by a timely exposure to an absorbentelement 10847 or other disposal vessel 10870. Alternatively oradditionally, such extraction may be performed actively, such as bymicrofluidic or other pumps as described herein.

With reference now to FIG. 110, there are shown several variants of theflow 10900 of FIG. 109. Operation 10910—obtaining one or moreindications of a lytic material in a vicinity of one or more bodylumens—may (optionally) include one or more of the following operations:11012, 11013, or 11017. In some embodiments, variants of operation 10910may be performed by one or more instances of sensors 4510, 10822,response logic 4555, 10835, or the like as exemplified herein. Operation10970—accelerating a decrease in a local concentration of the lyticmaterial in the vicinity of the one or more body lumens by causing oneor more elements to extract at least a portion of the lytic material inthe vicinity of the one or more body lumens in response to the one ormore indications of the lytic material in the vicinity of the one ormore body lumens—may include one or more of the following operations:11071 or 11078. In some embodiments, variants of operation 10970 may beperformed by one or more instances of extraction device 4580 or the likeas described herein.

Operation 11012 describes causing at least a statin to be dispensed asthe lytic material (e.g. dispensing logic 10810 invoking module 10811 orother circuitry for actuating statin dispenser 10818 or otherlytic-material-containing dispenser 10819 according to one or moredosage profiles in memory 10821). This can occur, for example, inembodiments in which one or more instances of modules 10830 arepositioned (locally) upstream from a lung or other organ 10860 and inwhich at least a portion 10861 of organ 10860 has been perfused with anabnormally high concentration of lytic material (relative to atime-averaged systemic normal range, for example). Alternatively oradditionally, in some variants, module 10890 may be configured in acontext in which one or more hemorrhage-risk determinants have beenestablished in relation to one or more other organs in a downstreamvicinity 10885 of lumen 10895 relative to outflow 10899.

Operation 11013 describes obtaining a concentration-indicative scalar ofthe one or more indications of the lytic material (e.g. one or moremodules 6732 of detection logic 6720 receiving a scalar value 6723indicative of a concentration gradient or other concentration-indicativedata 6724 from an optical sensor 2525 or other concentration-indicativesensor 2560 nearby or downstream from a dispensation). This can occur,for example, in a context in which detection logic 6720 is configured toperform operation 10910, and in which configuration system 6710 overlapsor otherwise interacts with one or more local systems having sensors ina vicinity of the dispensation, in which the lytic material dispensedincludes an optically or other detectable marker material that does notinterfere significantly with the desired action of the lytic material.In some variants, for example, a quantitative expression of lyticmaterial concentration can be generated directly, such as by measuring aconcentration of a marker material covalently bonded or otherwise linkedto the lytic material. Alternatively or additionally, some suchexpressions can by generated by inference, such as by detecting a markermaterial commingled with the lytic material or by interpolating aconcentration between two measurement locations.

Operation 11017 describes signaling a dispensation of the lytic materialinto an upstream portion of the one or more body lumens (e.g. module7261 of control logic 7270 triggering actuator 7281 to inject or releasetissue plasminogen activator 7283 or other lytic materials 7284 locallyinto a common carotid artery 7350 responsive to data 7213 signifying asudden volumetric decrease in one or more flows 7321, 7331 exiting asegment downstream). This can occur, for example, in a context in whicha clot has lodged itself downstream (in the anterior or middle cerebralarteries, for example) and/or in which one or more systemic determinants7212 indicate an absence of detectable hemorrhaging in subject 7310, andin which a care provider has defined a programmatic regimen 7263 bywhich such material(s) are to be administered immediately in thesecontingencies. In some variants, regimen 7263 may further depend uponone or more complementary determinants 7211 or other data 7214: whetherone or more complementary arteries exhibit a substantially increasedlocal blood pressure or flow. Alternatively or additionally, regimen7263 may define a (therapeutic contraindication or other) response toother systemic determinants 7212 such as a substantial increase in(resting) heart rate or substantial decreases in blood pressure over acourse of minutes or hours. (In some embodiments, such “substantial”changes as described herein may include changes of about 10% or more,except as noted.)

Operation 11071 describes causing the portion of the lytic material tobe drawn into an artificial vessel (e.g. actuator 2881 allowing one ormore ports 2882 to draw out at least some of outflow 2899 through one ormore vessel walls 2883, 2884 into vessel 2885). This can occur, forexample, in a context in which a dispenser has been dispensing one ormore therapeutic agents 2841 containing one or more carcinogens or otheringredients having potentially undesirable side effects in outflow 2899.Alternatively or additionally, a conduit 2886 and/or pump 2887 may beused for accelerating a decrease of the local concentration of suchmaterials (near port 2882, e.g.).

Operation 11078 describes reversing a flow direction of at least some ofthe lytic material (e.g. pump 7282 withdrawing some of a dispensedlytic-agent-containing material from one or more arteries responsive toone or more sensors 7345 indicating a local diastolic blood pressuredecrease). This can occur, for example, in a context in which a flow isapparently restored or in a context of hemorrhage, either of which maywarrant a such a prompt withdrawal pursuant to regimen 7263.Alternatively or additionally, in some contexts, a reverse flowdirection may be used for perfusing an organ with alytic-agent-containing material via one or more venules. See, e.g.,descriptions above relating to FIGS. 33 & 34.

With reference now to FIG. 111, there are shown several variants of theflow 10900 of FIG. 109 or 110. Operation 10910—obtaining one or moreindications of a lytic material in a vicinity of one or more bodylumens—may include one or more of the following operations: 11111,11114,11116, 11118, or 11119. In some embodiments, variants of operation10910 may be performed by one or more instances of response logic 4555,10835 or the like as exemplified herein. Operation 10970—accelerating adecrease in a local concentration of the lytic material in the vicinityof the one or more body lumens by causing one or more elements toextract at least a portion of the lytic material in the vicinity of theone or more body lumens in response to the one or more indications ofthe lytic material in the vicinity of the one or more body lumens—mayinclude one or more of the following operations: 11175 or 11177. In someembodiments, variants of operation 10970 may be performed by one or moreinstances of extraction device 4580 or the like as described herein.

Operation 11111 describes permitting the lytic material to perfuse oneor more organs in the vicinity of the one or more body lumens (e.g.dispensing logic 10810 invoking one or more dispensers 10819 to inject alytic compound or other lytic material into a renal artery or otherwiseto perfuse organ 10860). This can occur, for example, in an embodimentin which dispensing logic 10810 can invoke other logic modules and inwhich system 10800 implements one or more devices like those disclosedin U.S. Pat. No. 6,592,567 (“Kidney perfusion catheter”) or U.S. Pat.No. 6,514,226 (“Method and apparatus for treatment of congestive heartfailure by improving perfusion of the kidney”). Alternatively oradditionally, such a perfusion may reasonably be inferred at some timeafter a sufficiently large systemic administration of the lyticmaterial. In some contexts this may be desirable, for example, even fora cancer patient for whom a lytic treatment in outflow 10899 presents adanger. In a case in which a majority of blood flowing through module10890 is removed from a patient's vasculature into one or more conduits10867, for example, a transfusion or other blood replacement at module10890 may be provided to supplement outflow 10899 (optionally with aconcomitant decrease in the local concentration of the lytic material).

Operation 11114 describes signaling at least one of the one or moreindications of the lytic material via a wireless signal (e.g. module7122 of control logic 7120 activating one or more modules ofcommunication logic 7140 resulting in the transmission of measurementdata 7133 and/or lytic-material-indicative data 7131 to one or moreremote modules through telemetry or other wireless signals 7132). Thiscan occur, for example, in a context in which sensor data indicating thepresence and/or concentration of lytic material at one or more targetregions in a subject are sent to a display module to facilitatemonitoring by a subject and/or caregiver. Alternatively or additionally,module 7121 can perform operation 11114 by transmitting such output toremote resources 7161, 7162 in network 7160 for storage, correlationanalysis, and/or monitoring of a subject by remote personnel.

Operation 11116 describes detecting a marker material indicative of thelytic material in the vicinity of the one or more body lumens (e.g.module 6731 of detection logic 6720 detecting one or more attributes ofa marker material using one or more fluorescence sensors 2322,radioactivity sensors 2462, electrochemical sensors 2548, or othersuitable sensors implemented in device 6790). This can occur, forexample, in a context in which detection logic 6720 performs operation10910; in which device 6790 is positioned on, in, or near a targetvessel; and in which such a device is configured to indicate one or morecategorical attributes 6725 and/or quantitative attributes 6726 of anartificial marker material via wireless communication linkage 6752. Insome embodiments, device 6790 may be configured to perform or facilitatesuch modes of detection continuously, intermittently, upon request,conditionally, or otherwise. Alternatively or additionally, one or moresuch local modules 2320, 2450, 2510 can be implemented on a subject'sskin or in a hand-held instrument as described herein, especially in acontext in which a subject has varicose veins or other large-enough bodylumens of interest near the subject's skin.

Operation 11118 describes causing the lytic material to be urged intothe one or more body lumens (e.g. module 7123 of control logic 7120transmitting an activation signal 7171 to a pump 7184, iontophoreticmodule 7183, or other delivery unit 7180 causing one or more lyticcomponents to flow into one or more target vessel sites). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which activation of one or moredelivery modules triggers an actuator 7182 in such units to exert anincreasing pressure upon one or more lytic-material-containingreservoirs 7181. The increase in pressure forces alytic-component-containing material through a needle or other conduitinto a target region. Alternatively or additionally, electrical,acoustic, or other energy systems can be used to drive the delivery ofthe lytic material into a target tissue.

Operation 11119 describes accelerating a dispensation of the lyticmaterial transluminally into the one or more body lumens as a programmedresponse to one or more pathology-indicative signals (e.g. a commandsequence or other module 6774 of control logic 6770 signaling aninjection of a bolus of an antiplatelet drug or other antiaggreganttransluminally responsive to one or more imaging and/or pressure sensorsindicating an apparent blockage). This can occur, for example, in acontext in which control logic 6770 performs operation 10910, in whichone or more implantable devices 6790 indicate a vessel blockage or otherpathology treatable with an available lytic compound, and in which sucha dispensation can be signaled (a) directly to dispenser 6780 or (b) viaan interface 6740 to a person with a syringe. In some variants, forexample, one or more sensors and dispensers 6780 of a local module 2320,2450, 2510 may be implanted or otherwise positioned near a commonvascular blockage site and configured to respond to an apparent blockagewith a targeted release of lytic material locally to alleviate theblockage. Alternatively or additionally, decision logic 2250 can beconfigures so that detection of a local blockage or dispensation willcause a notification 2241 of such local conditions and/or a notification2242 of a systemic dispensation of a lytic material. In some crises, forexample, an informed subject might elect to self-administer a treatmentpromptly in light of such information, even before reaching a hospitaland completing a diagnostic protocol sufficient to avoid hospitalliability. Alternatively or additionally, one or more interfaces may askor otherwise monitor a (conscious) subject for an indication of whethersuch action is being taken and provide such parameters 2249 to emergencycaregivers who later encounter the subject. In some variants, moreover,one or more modules 2245 of decision logic 2250 may inquire of anauthorized caregiver, a central medical history database, or some othersuch resource 7161 whether a recent surgery or other contraindicationsof an immediate lytic therapy may exist.

Operation 11175 describes causing the lytic material to be exposed to alytic-material-absorbent element (e.g. module 7033 of control logic 7092signaling one or more actuators 7055 to guide flow from inlet 7005toward extraction unit 7080 so that lytic-material-containing fluidcomes into contact with one or more foams 7071, fibers 7072, or othersuch materials 7073 suitable for binding to or otherwise absorbing atleast some of the lytic material). This can occur, for example, in acontext in which such actuators 7045, 7055 comprise one or more valves7050 and/or pumps 7060 selectively operable to divert at least somelytic-material-containing fluid from a normal flow (toward extractionunit 7080 or into an alternate outlet 7092, for example, rather than toa primary return 7091). Once the fluid has been in contact with thelytic-material-absorbent element(s) for a suitable interval (one theorder of seconds or minutes, e.g.) it may then be returned to transferunit 7010. In some variants, for example, one or more pumps 7060 orother actuators 7055 may be configured to regulate a fraction of aninflow (via inlet 7005, e.g.) that is routed to contact absorbentmaterials. Alternatively or additionally, one or more modules 7032 mayperform operation 11175 by routing a primary flow (containing anartificial lytic material, for example, and flowing from inlet 7005 toreturn 7091, e.g.) along one or more preferentially absorbentstructures. In some variants, moreover, such structures (a) may includeone or more such units in an implant and/or (b) may include one or moredispensers 7020 as described herein.

Operation 11177 describes causing a lytic activity inhibitordispensation into the one or more body lumens (e.g. module 3981 ofcontrol logic 3980 causing one or more dispensers 3831 to release anamount of protease nexin or other such plasminogen activator inhibitorssufficient to inhibit a lytic activity of at least about 0.1% to 1% ofan amount of a plasminogen activator currently dispensed in vasculature3805). This can occur, for example, in a context in which one or moreother dispensers 3831 has released the plasminogen activator(s) earlierand/or upstream, in which two or more such dispensers 3821, 3831 fordifferent materials are configured in a common body 3830, in whichcontrol module 3820 implements control logic 3980 configured to performoperation 10970, and in which such inhibitors directly or indirectlycause at least one lytic activity of the lytic material to be inhibitedin vasculature 3805. In some variants, the inhibitor(s) may be releasein sufficient quantities to inhibit a lytic activity of up to about 5%to 50% of the dispensed plasminogen activator(s). Alternatively oradditionally, module 3982 may perform operation 11177 in response to oneor more of a hemorrhage indication 3973 or blockage removal indication3974 indicating a vessel 3840 near or downstream from dispenser 3821.Alternatively or additionally, module 3982 may likewise performoperation 11177 in response to one or more of a continuing lyticmaterial dispensation indication 3971 or an indication 3972 that vessel3840 is an appropriate (low risk, e.g.) location in which to dispensethe inhibitor(s) for a systemic effect upon the subject.

With reference now to FIG. 112, shown is an example of a system that mayserve as a context for introducing one or more processes and/or devicesdescribed herein. As shown system 11200 may affect or otherwise relateto vicinity 11225, section 11270, and vicinity 11275 of a vascular lumen11295 through which one or more blood components may flow. One or moreinflows 11201 of blood enter respective portions of lumen 11295 asshown, pass through section 11270, and exit as one or more outflows11299. In respective variants, arteries, veins, or smaller vessels oflumen 11295 may traverse vicinities 11225, 11275 as shown. Section 11270may likewise comprise one or more capillary beds as well as vital organsand other tissues served by lumen 11295.

In some variants, one or more intravascular or other modules 11250 invicinity 11225 may (optionally) include one or more instances of sensors11210; modules 11223 or other dispensing logic 11220; dispensers 11228,11229; or transmitters 11247, receivers 11248, or other interface logic11240. (Some such modules 11250 may be operable for penetrating avascular structure with ultrasonic or other energy, for example, or maycomprise an implanted cannula or other transvascular structure.) Module11223 may, as shown, comprise one or more instances of port controls11221, regimens 11222 or other programmatic dispensing information(optionally embodied in software or other instruction sequences, forexample), or requests or other messages 11224.

Alternatively or additionally, system 11200 may comprise one or moreintravascular or other sensors 11290 that may be configured tocommunicate (in one or both directions) with module 11250, such as by asignal-bearing conduit or radio-frequency signal. (Some such sensors11290 may be operable for monitoring one or more physical phenomenawithin vascular structures, for example, from within or in a vicinity ofthe structures.) Systems 11200 may likewise be configured to include orotherwise interact with one or more instances of external modules 11280operable, for example, for obtaining and providing data 11285 asdescribed herein. In some variants, for example, the one or more sensors11290 are only operable for communicating sensed analog or digitalvalues to module 11250. In others, one or more of the sensor(s) 11290are able to receive updates or other information from one or moreexternal modules 11280 or other transmitters 11247 as described herein.

With reference now to FIG. 113, shown is a flow 11300 comprisingoperation 11340—obtaining a priori implant information (e.g. receiver11248 receiving user-provided or other data 11285 describing one or moresensors 11290 or other implants downstream from one or more modules11250 in a vicinity 11275 of lumen 11295). This can occur, for example,in a context in which module 11250 comprises a cannula or otherimplantable structure positioned upstream from an outflow 11299 local tothe implant(s) to which the a priori information pertains. Alternativelyor additionally, receiver 11248 may obtain sensor data or otherdeterminants relating to such implants, as described herein.

Flow 11300 further comprises operation 11380—signaling a decisionwhether to initiate implant-site-targeting treatment partly based on thea priori implant information and partly based on one or more otherclot-indicative determinants (e.g. interface logic 11240 invoking one ormore modules 11223 of dispensing logic 11220 operable for activating oneor more dispensers 11228 containing one or more thrombolytic agents orother locally-administered therapeutic materials selectively whenapparently needed in a vicinity 11275 of lumen 11295). This can occur,for example, in a context in which the a priori implant informationindicates a drug-eluting stent or other potentially thrombogenic implantat outflow 11299.

With reference now to FIG. 114, there are shown several variants of theflow 11300 of FIG. 113. Operation 11340—obtaining a priori implantinformation—may include one or more of the following operations: 11444,11446, or 11447. In some embodiments, variants of operation 11340 may beperformed by one or more instances of dispensing logic 4515, 11220,receivers 4548, 11248, or the like as exemplified herein. Operation11380—signaling a decision whether to initiate implant-site-targetingtreatment partly based on the a priori implant information and partlybased on one or more other clot-indicative determinants—may include oneor more of the following operations: 11482, 11483, 11485, or 11488. Insome embodiments, variants of operation 11380 may be performed by one ormore instances of dispensers 4519, 11229, transmitters 4547, 11247, orthe like as described herein.

Operation 11444 describes obtaining the a priori implant informationfrom one or more implantable devices (e.g. external module 11280receiving specifications or other data 11285 about module 11250 from awireless or other transmitter 11247 thereof). This can occur, forexample, in a context in which external module 11280 notifieslocally-available caregivers of the existence of module 11250 and/or ofdispensations or dosages from it. Such information may be used toexpedite care or avoid redundant dispensations, for example.

Operation 11446 describes obtaining the a priori implant informationfrom one or more objects borne by a subject (e.g. one or more modules5561 of receiver 5565 accepting a type 5511, a date 5512, a status 5513,a location 5514, or other such implant data 5510 from at least one ofthe implant(s) 5597, from a wristwatch or other information-bearingarticle worn by a subject, or from a cell phone or other such carriedarticle). This can occur, for example, in a context in which such itemsare configured to provide such information as a component of a subject'smedical history. Alternatively or additionally, configuration module5570 or an external device may be configured to poll such objects forsuch information during a crisis, for example, in a context in whichsystem 5500 is implemented in a mobile or emergency-room unit.

Operation 11447 describes obtaining the a priori implant information exsitu (e.g. receiver 5340 externally accepting one or more messages 5341,5342 containing contextual information 5345 pertaining to patient and/ordevice status from device 5310). This can occur, for example, in acontext in which external device 7491 of FIG. 74 implements primarysystem 5380, and in which identification, history, location, monitoringtype, and/or other such configuration information 5345, 5355 isavailable via one or more devices 5310, 5320 implanted, attached orotherwise associated with a subject area to be monitored. In somevariants, for example, a receiver 5350 is configured to deliver subjector implant information 5355 suitable to guide follow-up care, forexample, via a hand-held projection device or other user interface 5370.Alternatively or additionally, primary system 5380 or other such logiccan be implemented in a computer module 5360 configured for use, forexample, in a rescue unit.

In some embodiments, a “device state” may comprise “available” or someother such state-descriptive labels, an event count or other such memoryvalues, a partial depletion or other such physical property of a supplydevice, a voltage, or any other such conditions or attributes that maychange between two or more possible values irrespective of devicelocation. Such device states may be received directly as a measurementor other detection, in some variants, and/or may be inferred from amodule's behavior over time. A distributed or other composite system maycomprise vector-valued device states, moreover, which may affectdispensations or departures in various ways as exemplified herein.

Concerning variants of operation 11380 presented in FIG. 114, these orother operations may (optionally) be performed in a preparatorysub-operation—before or during one or more instances or variants ofoperation 11340 as described above, for example—or may be performed atother times or omitted. Operation 11482, for example, describesobtaining one or more of a blood pressure indicator or a flow rateindicator of the one or more other clot-indicative determinants (e.g.one or more modules 5661 of receiver 5665 accepting blood pressuremeasurement 5651, flow rate measurement 5652, and/or other suchclot-indicative determinants 5655). This can occur, for example, in acontext in which decision logic 5635 and detection logic 5670 jointlyperform operation 11380 and in which the determinants indicate a largeclot at or downstream from an implanted dispenser or other suitableinjection site of a subject. See, e.g., dispenser configurations ofFIGS. 35 through 46. In some variants, for example, a speaker or otherlocal output device 5694 may announce an apparent need for a lyticmaterial (a fibrinolytic-enzyme-containing syringe carried by a patient,e.g.) to be injected into a left femoral or popliteal vein responsive toa large pressure drop just downstream. Alternatively or additionally, insome variants, operation 11380 may include signaling implanteddispensers as described herein.

Operation 11483 describes generating the decision whether to initiatethe implant-site-targeting treatment partly in response to an implanttype (e.g. module 5741 of decision logic 5750, 5760 signaling aselection of a suitable lytic material indicator 5743 and/or quantityindicator 5744 partly based on a thrombosis symptom or other suchsymptom indicator 5774 and partly based upon a model number 5761,material indicator 5762, or other type indication 5770 of a stent orother implant just downstream from a dispensation site). This can occur,for example, in a context in which such indications signal a venerablepatient, a recent surgery, a side effect from a current dispensationregimen, a controllable material removal or other partial containmentstructure, a measurement 5771 indicative of local blockage, or othersuch contraindications of indiscriminate (non-targeted) dispensations asdescribed herein. In some variants, for example, module 5741 mayindicate an affirmative decision 5745 for any evaluation contextexceeding a threshold of 3 to 5 points, with each such factor counting 1to 2 points. Such local blockage may be indicated by an unusual pressuredrop, a change in D-dimer score or other such chemical markerindications, a flow rate change, or others as described herein.Alternatively or additionally, a recent lytic material dispensation, anapparent loss of cognitive function, presence at a hospital, or othersuch factors may each count −1 or −2 points on a similar scale.Alternatively or additionally, a blockage size indicator may count oneor more points on a similar scale, for example, so that larger and/ormore recent occlusions generally bear toward larger targeteddispensations. In some variants, for example, a targeted dispensationmay comprise 20% or more of a recommended systemic dosage of anidentified material, and may optionally exceed such a dosage.Alternatively or additionally, antibiotics or other appropriatemedicinal components may be dispensed in a manner that similarly targetsregions of detected local infection or related pathologies.

Operation 11485 describes invoking circuitry for deciding whether totransmit one or more other treatment indications partly based on one ormore hemorrhagic-stroke-indicative determinants (e.g. module 5892 ofinvocation logic 5895 activating one or more comparators 5842, 5893configured for comparing current data from sensors 5851, 5852, 5853 withhistoric, concurrent, threshold, and/or other pertinent information indeciding whether to transmit one or more treatment indications 5841,5890). This can occur, for example, in a context in which sensors 5852,5853 configured to observe a vicinity of a major blood vessel 5809 aremonitored for changes in blood pressure, flow, and/or otherstatus-indicative information 5896 to determine if one or more treatmentindication messages 5825, 5898 are to be transmitted. In some variants,for example, an implanted or other detection module 5860 configured tomonitor a region 5810 near vessel 5809 will trigger one or more messages5815, 5825 to a bedside monitor 5830 and/or nurse station 5820 warningof an apparent (actual or imminent) vessel rupture. Alternatively oradditionally, transdermal sensors employed in external monitors can beemployed for such detection and notification.

Operation 11488 describes generating the decision whether to initiatethe implant-site-targeting treatment partly in response to detecting oneor more emboli in a blood flow (e.g. module 5742 of decision logic 5750transmitting an activation signal to a transvascular or other dispenserdirectly in response to one or more signals 5725 from sensors 5701, 5702or other such elements directly or indirectly indicating the presence ofemboli 5708 in detection region 5710). This can occur, for example, in acontext in which one or more sensors 11210, 11290 outside a blood vesselindicate one or more (apparent) emboli manifesting ultrasonic signatures5772, impedance changes 5773, and/or other such data 5780, 5790 areconfigured to trigger decision logic 5760 to enable a dispensing module.Alternatively or additionally, transdermal detection and/or deliverysystems can be employed in subjects where surgical intervention isdangerous or is otherwise undesirable. In some variants, for example, anextravascular or other implanted sensor 5701, 5702 can be insertedrelative to a surgical site to detect emboli released as a result of thesurgical trauma triggering the release of medicinal components to aid inthe elimination of the emboli.

With reference now to FIG. 115, there are shown several variants of theflow 11300 of FIG. 113 or 114. Operation 11340—obtaining a prioriimplant information—may include one or more of the following operations:11542, 11546, or 11548. In some embodiments, variants of operation 11340may be performed by one or more instances of dispensing logic 4515,11220, receivers 4548, 11248, or the like as exemplified herein.Operation 11380—signaling a decision whether to initiateimplant-site-targeting treatment partly based on the a priori implantinformation and partly based on one or more other clot-indicativedeterminants—may include one or more of the following operations: 11581,11584, 11585, 11587, or 11589. In some embodiments, variants ofoperation 11380 may be performed by one or more instances of dispensers4519, 11229, transmitters 4547, 11247, or the like as described herein.

Operation 11542 describes obtaining an update for the a priori implantinformation (e.g. module 5562 of receiver 5565 accepting one or moremodifications of implant data 5510 in storage 5542 as a result of statusor other changes in an implant, an implanted subject, a pathology, orother such internal or external information about implant 5597). Thiscan occur, for example, in a context in which comparison data 5531and/or therapeutic delivery parameters 5532 are modified based upon oneor more status indications 5534 of a progression in a subject'spathology or health. In some variants, for example, progression throughpost surgical healing can lead to adjustments of therapeutic componentdelivery parameters 5521, subject location indices 5522, sensor types5523, or other such mode identifiers 5524, 5525 operable for describingand/or implementing modes of monitoring. Alternatively or additionally,module 5552 may be configured to respond to one or more indicators of adisease state progression by conditionally implementing (a) anappropriate change in dosage or other delivery parameters 5521, (b) aninvocation of instruction sequence 5551 or other such modules responsivein scenarios previously excluded, or (c) other such operationaladjustments as described herein.

Operation 11546 describes obtaining timing information in the a prioriimplant information (e.g. module 5425 of receiver 5430 accepting one ormore records 5450 associating a measurement or other parametric data5451 with data 5452 indicative of one or more device update times 5464,implant times 5465, dispensation times 5466, measurement times, or othersuch timing information 5470 of potential diagnostic relevance). Thiscan occur, for example, in a context in which implant, therapeuticdelivery, decision logic trigger, and/or notification message date andtime is stored in memory 5440 or other storage units 5445 for laterretrieval. In some variants, for example, one or more records indicatingat least one recent delivery of a therapeutic component is madeavailable for retrieval by a remote or other external module, configuredto indicate a potential current need, or lack of need, for additionaldelivery. Alternatively or additionally, record 5450 may contain dataindicative of one or more results of subject and/or device diagnostics.

Operation 11548 describes obtaining an implant type of the a prioriimplant information (e.g. module 5563 of receiver 5565 receiving animplant type 5511 or other such distinguishing data usable to retrieveor otherwise determine one or more capacities of an implant). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which implant 5597 is configurableto monitor and conditionally record, to monitor and conditionallynotify, to monitor and conditionally deliver therapy, or otherwise toinvoke appropriate responsive circuitry as described herein. In somevariants, for example, configuration module 5570 may request and/orreceive determinants 5540 indicating a current category, protocol, orstate relating to an implant and/or subject from a network 5580. In somecontexts, for example, one or more modules 5561, 5563 of receiver 5565may obtain one or more mode identifiers 5525 indicating that implant5597 is in “notification mode” and/or that one or more notificationevents have occurred. Alternatively or additionally, configurationmodule 5570 can likewise obtain a mode identifier 5524 indicating anapparent type of dispensation, monitoring, or other responsiveprotocol—“arterial rupture,” “emboli detection,” “swelling,” or othersuch modes as described herein. Any of these variants of operation 11340may be omitted or performed before, after, or interleaved with one ormore instances or variants of operation 11380 as described herein, insome embodiments.

Operation 11581 describes generating the decision whether to initiatethe implant-site-targeting treatment partly in response to an apparentchange in a chemical composition (e.g. module 11223 of dispensing logic11220 causing transmitter 11247 to transmit a message 11224 indicatingone or more diagnostic or therapeutic material dispensers 11228, 11229and/or a dispensation site local to section 11270 as a programmaticresponse to an apparently severe hypoxic condition or other circumstancedetected via one or more sensors 11210, 11290 operable for detectingchemical concentrations). This can occur, for example, in a context inwhich a caregiver can validate and/or administer the dispensation ofsuch a treatment material via an intravenous catheter. Alternatively oradditionally, the decision to administer an already-implanted materialmay be performed according to a programmatic crisis-response regimen11222 specified in advance by a caregiver in response to an abnormallyhigh platelet concentration detected locally, for example, by sensor11210.

Operation 11584 describes signaling a decision whether to dispense oneor more therapeutic materials from an implant (e.g. module 5644 ofcontrol logic 5640 transmitting one or more commands 5625, 5626configured to cause a dispensation at implant 5690 wirelessly viaantenna 5628). This can occur, for example, in a context in which anexternal support device 5610 implements a dosage and timing bytriggering one or more communication components 5620 or other such logicto transmit timing, dispensation, detection, evaluation, notification,or other such commands to implant 5690. In some variants, for example,sensor information and/or a subject request can serve as a trigger forsuch communications and dispensations. Alternatively or additionally,such a transmission can implement a periodic or responsive treatmentprofile 5622 specified by a physician.

Operation 11585 describes signaling a decision whether to dispense oneor more of a thrombolytic agent or an anticoagulant (e.g. module 5645 ofcontrol logic 5640 signaling such a dispensation from implant 5690 onlyif module 5634 detects an apparent need for one or more such materials).This can occur, for example, in a context in which implant 5690 includesone or more dispensers 11228, 11229 and/or sensors 11290 in closeproximity, in which support device 5610 comprises external module 11280,and in which module 5668 signals an apparent blockage in lumen 11295warranting an activation of one or more dispensers 11228. In manytreatment contexts for healthy human adults, for example, a 50%reduction in blood flow through an artery provides a sufficientindication of blockage to call for dispensing a 100,000 I.U. ofstreptokinase over a 10 to 30 minute period starting within a fewminutes or hours of such detection.

Operation 11587 describes generating the decision whether to initiatethe implant-site-targeting treatment partly in response to an apparentchange in vascular flow (e.g. module 5923 of decision logic 5930generating an affirmative decision 5925 only if indicators 5954, 5955 ofchange in flow through a vessel violates one or more given criteria5908, 5909). This can occur, for example, in a context in whichcriterion 5909 includes a requirement that the flow change be local,which module 5923 may determine by invoking comparator 5921 or othersuch modules for comparing measurements or other sensor transmissions5950 of the subject region each with corresponding indicators 5952, 5953of one or more other sites of the same subject. Alternatively oradditionally, module 5923 may likewise invoke circuitry or other modules5923 for comparing a succession 5951 of transmissions from a commonsensor, such as for determining whether a shape of a specific vessel ofinterest is changing too fast. In some variants, for example, module5923 can effectively detect a rupture in a vessel wall as either of arapid increase of flow into the vessel or a large-enough, rapid-enough,non-reversing change in the vessel's shape. Alternatively oradditionally, module 5923 may likewise invoke circuitry 5922 fordetecting an apparent obstruction of the vessel manifesting as alarge-enough, rapid-enough local decrease in vascular flow (as criterion5907, e.g.).

In some embodiments, decision logic 5940 may contraindicate dispensing(a) a lytic agent into a target region within which a vessel hasapparently ruptured or (b) a coagulant into a target region within whicha vessel has apparently not ruptured. Such contraindications maymanifest as a negative recommendation, a requirement for a confirmationby a user, or other such appropriate output 5983. In a more aggressivevariant, one or more modules of decision logic 5940 may be configured toperform a dispensation of (a) a lytic agent into a target region withinwhich a vessel has apparently not ruptured or (b) a coagulant into atarget region within which a vessel has apparently ruptured.

Operation 11589 obtaining one or more ischemia indicators of the one ormore other clot-indicative determinants (e.g. module 5891 of invocationlogic 5895 receiving a significant D-dimer score increase indication5879 from one or more detection modules 5860, 5870). This can occur, forexample, in a context in which a “significant” score increase isascertained by a fractional score increase (with an existingpoint-of-care assay, e.g.) on the order of 5% or 50% within a time spanon the order of an hour or a day. In some contexts, for example, such arecent transition can be indicative of ischemia. Alternatively oradditionally, such clot-indicative determinants 5875 may include acomplaint of sudden and severe local leg pain or other suchsubject-provided input 5872; symptom interpretations or other suchsecondary user input 5873 (via network 5840, e.g.); an ultrasound image5861, computed tomography image 5862, or other such shape-indicativedata 5865; contraindications of hemorrhage or other indications 5879relating to alternative hypotheses, or other such ischemia indicators5880.

With reference now to FIG. 116, shown is an example of a system that mayserve as a context for introducing one or more processes and/or devicesdescribed herein. As shown system 11600 may affect or otherwise relateto vicinity 11605, section 11630, and vicinity 11635 of a subject'slumen 11695 through which one or more blood components may flow. One ormore inflows 11601 of blood enter respective portions of lumen 11695 asshown, pass through section 11630, and exit as one or more outflows11699. In respective variants, arteries, veins, or smaller vessels oflumen 11695 may traverse vicinities 11605, 11635 as shown. Section 11630may likewise comprise one or more capillary beds as well as vital organsand other tissues served by lumen 11695.

In some variants, module 11660 may (optionally) include one or moreinstances of modules 11613, 11614 of dispensing logic 11615; dispensers11617, 11618, 11619; modules 11621, 11622 of evaluation logic 11620;interface logic 11640; modules 11651 or other response logic 11655; orintravascular or other sensors 11650. (Some such sensors 11650 may beoperable for monitoring radiant or other physical phenomena within alumen 11695, for example, from within or in a detection vicinity 11605of lumen 11695.) Interface logic 11640 may, as shown, comprise one ormore instances of transmitters 11647, receivers 11648, or other modules11642 operable for communicating (in one or both directions) with one ormore sensors 11610 in (upstream) vicinity 11605 of lumen 11695.

In some variants, system components described herein may be configuredto trigger or otherwise facilitate dispensation of therapeuticmaterials. Other such embodiments are described above, for example, withreference to FIGS. 28 and 35-45. In some embodiments, a material is“therapeutic” if it contains one or more medications or other componentshaving a primary effect or purpose of relieving symptoms, reducinghealth risks, or otherwise promoting the subject's health. Sometreatment regimens may comprise one or more conditional or other“therapeutic material dispensations” and/or other aspects of treatment.In some contexts, such a therapy may be administered “locally” bypositioning a significant portion of a material or other physicalcomponent thereof at a treatment site, even if some of the component isthen extracted or permitted to metabolize systemically.

With reference now to FIG. 117, shown is a flow 11700 comprisingoperation 11730—obtaining a flow-change-indicative measurement (e.g. oneor more modules 11621 of evaluation logic 11620 detecting abnormallyfrequent blood pressure fluctuations for days consecutively). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which a blood pressure fluctuationdistribution for a specific pressure sensor is empirically determinedand in which module 11621 implements a threshold or other baselinederived by a reasonable statistical model. In some variants, forexample, an appropriate normality threshold may be selected so that afrequency of occurrence or other measurable variable will be expectedonly to exceed the threshold once per decade (or similar duration within1-2 orders of magnitude. Alternatively or additionally, a triggeringcondition may be selected in relation to one or more of optical, force,auditory, or other measurable criteria or to a combination of suchcriteria. Numerous reasonable triggering conditions will readily beapparent to those skilled in the art without undue experimentation, manyof which are a mere matter of design choice in light of teachingsherein.

Flow 11700 further comprises operation 11790—signaling a decisionwhether to administer one or more clot-reducing agents at least partlybased on the flow-change-indicative measurement (e.g. one or moremodules 11613, 11614 of dispensing logic 11615 causing one or moredispensers 11617, 11618 to administer an antiplatelet-drug-containing orother therapeutic agent in response to the one or more modules 11621,11622 of evaluation logic 11620). This can occur, for example, in acontext in which module 11614 specifically selects such a therapeuticmaterial by selecting the dispenser 11618 containing the material inlieu of another dispenser. Alternatively or additionally, one or moremodules 11642 may be configured to signal the decision in some otherway, such as by a speaker or other transmitter 11647 conveyingmedication instructions to the (implanted) subject, or otherwise bysending such a message to a party who is able to implement the decision.

With reference now to FIG. 118, there are shown several variants of theflow 11700 of FIG. 117. Operation 11730—obtaining aflow-change-indicative measurement—may (optionally) include one or moreof the following operations: 11831, 11835, 11838, or 11839. In someembodiments, variants of operation 11730 may be performed by one or moreinstances of sensors 4579, 11650, evaluation logic 4520, 11620, or thelike as exemplified herein. Operation 11790—signaling a decision whetherto administer one or more clot-reducing agents at least partly based onthe flow-change-indicative measurement—may include one or more of thefollowing operations: 11892, 11893, or 11897. In some embodiments,variants of operation 11790 may be performed by one or more instances ofoutput devices 4526, dispensing logic 4515, 11615, or the like asdescribed herein.

As FIG. 118 indicates, (optional) operation 11831 describes programmingan implantable device (e.g. module 6772 of control logic 6770transferring one or more device settings 6771 or command sequences 6761,6762 into an intravascular dispenser 6780 or other implantable device).This can occur, for example, in a context in which dispenser 6780 isoperably coupled via a wireless communication linkage 6752 and/ordocking port 6751, in which such controls affect one or more operatingmodes of the implanted or other device, and in which control logic 6770performs operation 11730. In some variants, for example, wirelesscommunication linkage 6751 may implement an 802.11b/g/n, Bluetooth, farfield telemetry, near field telemetry, wireless USB, or other suchprotocol for communicating with one or more implantable devicesautomatically or in response to requests by a subject and/or caregiver.In various configurations and contexts, such devices can be enabled,disabled, and/or adjusted by one or more modules 6773 performingoperation 11730. Alternatively or additionally, an initial set of devicesettings 6771 or other such parameters can be programmed into suchdevices prior to implantation to establish a baseline of deviceoperation in the subject.

Operation 11835 describes obtaining a turbulence-indicative auditoryvalue as the flow-change-indicative measurement (e.g. module 6332 ofprocessing logic 6330 accepting one or more decibel measurements 6351,6352 high enough to indicate past or present turbulence in a bloodvessel). This can occur, for example, in a context in which module 6333associates an earlier laminar-flow-indicative value 6371 or a laterlaminar-flow-indicative value 6372 (a Reynolds number or other suchmeasurement below a turbulence-indicative threshold 6331, e.g.) withtiming data 6361 signifying an appearance or disappearance of detectableturbulence in the blood vessel. In some variants, for example, suchtransition-indicative timing data may signify a growing thrombosis, athrombosis breakage, a therapeutic success, or other suchflow-change-indicative phenomena. Alternatively or additionally,invocation logic 6320 may trigger one or more remote evaluation modules6396 to evaluate whether such timing data sufficiently coincides withtiming data 6362 of a dispensation, timing data 6363 of apressure-indicative or other confirmatory measurement 6353, or othersuch therapeutically relevant and detectable events.

Operation 11838 describes detecting one or more conditions optically(e.g module 6662 of processing logic 6660 detecting an apparent blockagemanifested in an image 6664 of one or more regions 6691, 6692 of asubject vessel 6696). This can occur, for example, in a context in whichnetwork 6295 includes detection system 6650 and in which there are oneor more differences 6251, 6252 between spectral and/or temporalabsorbance distributions 6211, 6212 and the corresponding baselinedistribution(s) 6221, 6222 indicative of a blockage. In some variants,for example, the heterogeneous nature of blood can cause an absorbancedistribution that fluctuates rapidly over time (at a primary or meanfrequency F, e.g.) so that a reduced flow can manifest as a measurablymore stable signal (at a primary or mean frequency lower than F, e.g.,by at least a threshold of 5% to 50% in some contexts). Alternatively oradditionally, a change rate 6255 or other such indicator 6256 of coloror intensity change in a signal 6232 from an optical sensor 2525 canlikewise trigger module 6201 to generate a Boolean alarm indicator 6257(signifying an apparent blockage, e.g.) and optionally providepositional information 6253 and/or timing information 6254 relating toobjects in a subject region.

Operation 11839 describes detecting one or more force-change-indicativevalues (e.g module 6661 of processing logic 6660 detecting a fractionalforce change indication 6663 from a subject region indicative of anapparent blockage, aneurism, or other such flow-modifying phenomenon).This can occur, for example, in a context in which one or moredistortion sensors or other force-change-indicative sensors 6682 detecta sudden, substantial change in one or more mechanical propertiesinternal tissue in a body part 6690 of subject 6670. In some contexts,for example, a complete or partial blockage of a subject vessel 6696 (inregion 6692, e.g.) can measurably increase such rigidity in a vicinityof such blockages. Alternatively or additionally, such blockages inblood vessels can manifest as a measurably increased rigidity and/orpressure in tissue adjacent to the blockage (at region 6692, e.g.)and/or as a contemporaneous change several millimeters away from theblockage. Such changes can manifest as changes in vascular pressure inan upstream region 6691 and/or a downstream region 6693, for example,detectable by one or more other sensors 6681, 6683 of module 6680.

Operation 11892 describes deciding upon at least one of the one or moreclot-reducing agents in response to obtaining an anomalous value as theflow-change-indicative measurement (e.g. module 6041 of decision logic6050 selecting one or more injectable therapeutic components from a setof locally available therapeutic components 6073 for use in response toone or more comparator results 6031, 6033 corresponding thereto, ofwhich at least one indicates abnormally poor circulation in a subject6090 under observation). This can occur, for example, in a context inwhich a blood thinner or other such therapeutic component is selectedprogrammatically based upon the comparator result(s) 6033. Alternativelyor additionally, one or more such results may depend upon a body partidentifier 6061 (identifying a measurement or dispensation site ofsubject 6090, e.g.), an elevation, or other such location indicators6060 (such as by deciding against an automatic administration to a proneand unresponsive subject, as determined via a programmatic triage orother such interaction protocol 6043). In some variants, moreover, acomplete blockage of a subject vessel or a partial blockage in a primarylocation may warrant a selection of a faster-acting therapeutic agentthan a partial blockage or a blockage in a secondary location.Alternatively or additionally, module 6042 may display an ingestibleclot-reducing agent indication 6025 (via output 6024, e.g.) or mayindicate other medically appropriate responses (being seated or callingan ambulance, e.g.).

Operation 11893 describes signaling at least an anticoagulant of the oneor more clot-reducing agents in response to an apparent flow degradation(e.g. module 6322 of invocation logic 6320 receiving and relaying thedecision 6391 to administer one or more therapeutic components to anurse or other party cable of administering such agents via port 6321).This can occur, for example, in a context in which invocation logic 6320and decision logic 6395 jointly or iteratively perform operation 11730,in which mediation module 6310 interacts with a local module asdescribed herein via port 6321, and in which such flow degradationmanifests as one or more of a complaint or other severe limb painindication 6344, a swelling indication 6346, a local discolorationindication 6348, other such detectable phenomena local to a portion ofsubject's body, or as a confirmatory measurement 6353 (in combinationwith such indications, e.g.). In some variants, moreover, another module6323 may signal a caregiver to check one or more potential effects ofthe clot-reducing or other therapeutic agents or to provide otherappropriate follow-up. Alternatively or additionally, module 6322 mayinvoke recorder 6311 to capture a distillation of one or moredispensation indications 6347, symptom indications 6349, and/or relatedtiming data 6363 selectively for future evaluation.

Operation 11897 describes causing one or more dispensations in responseto an apparent problem in the flow-change-indicative measurement (e.g.module 6122 of invocation logic 6120 enabling or otherwise facilitatingan activation of one or more dispensers 6075 containing one or morelocal dispensations of a vasodilator 6071, a lytic agent 6072, or othersuch therapeutic components 6073 effective for modifying circulatoryflow). This can occur, for example, in a context in which system 6100includes or otherwise interacts with administration unit 6010, in whichone or more location sensors 6101 or flow attribute sensors 6102 areimplemented in or can otherwise detect vessel properties in relation tohand-held unit 6080, and in which module 6104 of detection logic 6110detects a sharply decreased volume, speed, or other flow attribute (of5% to 50% or more, e.g., such as may manifest an apparent obstruction)in a vessel segment near or downstream from an injection or implantsite. In some variants including an injection dispenser, for example, aphysician or veterinarian may configure one or more modules 6122, 6123to trigger such a dispenser to inject an anticoagulant or other suchcomponent locally and promptly upstream from a clot-prone site.Alternatively or additionally, module 6182 can be configured to respondsimilarly by transmitting a (human) subject or other such care providera notification 6170 including one or more of a dispensation indication6172 or an indication 6173 of detected conditions that warrant thedispensation.

Operation 11932 describes receiving the flow-change-indicativemeasurement from a user (e.g. record 3110 accepting one or moreparameters 3168 indicative of flow change from a user via remote module3190). This can occur, for example, in a context in which remote module3190 includes one or more user interface elements 6291 accessible to asubject or other user, in which invocation logic 3140 prompts a user forsuch information, and in which the measurement(s) are accepted as input6292. Such measurements can include one or more local measurements ofblood pressure, pulse, or other such flow change indicators, some ofwhich may be programmatically measured or confirmed using devices notconfigured to communicate directly with administration system 6200.Alternatively or additionally, some such parameters can be used forguiding an intake protocol, even without recordation.

Operation 11934 describes detecting one or moreimpedance-change-indicative values (e.g module 6733 of detection logic6720 detecting a sustained, small-enough change rate 6721 to indicate anapparent blood vessel obstruction or some other impedance changeindication 6722 reflecting a circulatory phenomenon of interest). Thiscan occur, for example, in a context in which configuration system 6710includes or otherwise interacts with one or more local modules 2320,2450 and in which impedance sensor 2323 or other sensors are positionedto detect a change in a conductivity or other electrical property offluid and/or tissue in a subject region. In some variants, for example,such modes of detection can confirm or otherwise facilitate anidentification of plaque or other such affixed structures in a vessel asdescribed herein.

Operation 11937 describes comparing an earlier-flow-indicative valuewith a later-flow-indicative value (e.g. module 6202 of evaluation logic6210 comparing current flow-indicative data 6233 with historic data 6234provided to or measured by a sensor-containing device). This can occur,for example, in a context in which one or more ankle images 6272, sizemeasurements 6271, or other such indications 822 are held locally in adata-handling medium 885 and later used by one or more comparators 882or other entities as a baseline value or other historic indication forcomparison with one or more similar (subsequent or current) images 6272,6263 or other values 6274, 6275. In some variants, for example, suchvalues may include one or more representative values, averages, and/orother appropriate arithmetic combinations thereof. Alternatively oradditionally, such historic flow indicative information can be loadedinto an implanted device for use in future data filtering as describedherein.

Operation 11939 describes confirming a flow-change indication with aconfirmatory evaluation (e.g. module 6132 of decision logic 6130performing, guiding, or otherwise causing one or more measurements,comparisons, or other such operations configured to confirm or refute apathological hypothesis, a course of action, a normalcy determination,or other such apparent circumstance). This can occur, for example, in acontext in which mediation module 6310 is operably coupled with system6100 of FIG. 61 and in which discrimination against false indications isimportant enough to warrant two or more modes of evaluation. In somevariants, for example, such confirmatory measurements 6353 may compriseadditional data 6340 of the same and/or orthogonal types in the subjectregion can be employed as additional information in the evaluation. Insome variants in which an in situ or other convenient sensor initiallygenerates one or more cooling indications 6345 or swelling indications6346 relating to a subject region, such indications may be corroboratedor otherwise selectively confirmed by more accurate instrumentation.Alternatively or additionally, similar data 6340 obtained from one ormore alternate subject sites (using a sensor array or manipulable sensorinstrument, e.g.) can effectively differentiate between localized andsystemic variations.

Operation 11991 describes indicating one or more options by which a usercan override the decision whether to administer the one or moreclot-reducing agents (e.g. module 6245 of decision logic 6240 causing auser interface element 6291 to present a subject and/or caregiver anoption to initiate, select, approve, and/or refuse one or more of a set6244 of two or more therapy regimens 6241, 6242, 6243). This can occur,for example, in a context in which one or more implants 1730, 1940, 5690detect an apparent pathological state indication 6296 (via network 6295,e.g.) triggering a request 6276 to administration system 6200 to queryuser 6290 for approval and/or selection of one or more therapy regimens6242, 6243. In some variants, for example, one or more expert systemmodules 6294 of administration system 6200 will present such a set ofregimens pursuant to one or more identifiers of values 6274, 6275 orother current input 6292 from user 6290. Alternatively or additionally,a subject or other user 6290 may obtain other regimens, options,prognoses, or other information or advice from expert system module 6294or other resources on network 6295.

Operation 11994 describes communicating a notification partly based on arisk indicator and partly based on the flow-change-indicativemeasurement to a user interface (e.g. module 6423 of notification logic6420 transmitting one or more notifications 6440, 6450 configured bymodule 6422 to include one or more risk indicators 6431, 6432 and two ormore sequential samples 6441, 6442, 6443 of signal 6445). This canoccur, for example, in a context in which module 6454 invokes one ormore such modules of notification logic 6420 in response to a sustainedtrend or other symptom-indicative event sequence in signal 6446. In somevariants, for example, one or more modules 6461 of evaluation logic 6460compute a marginal probability 6462 or other such risk indicator 6431periodically (each 5 to 50 sample periods, e.g.). Alternatively oradditionally, one or more such notifications may be deferred orotherwise made dependent upon a low-enough-risk (below threshold 6463,e.g.). Alternatively or additionally, one or more such notifications6440, 6450 may include computed differences or other compositeindicators 6491 derived from signal 6445, pictographic data,measurements, timing data 6494, current personnel availability or otherresource availability data 6493, or other such information.

Operation 11995 describes signaling a response protocol reflecting thedecision via a user interface (e.g. module 6181 of notification logic6180 transmitting notification 6160 to a telephonic or other interfacearticulating an initiation 6151 or update 6152 of one or moreclot-reducing protocols). This can occur, for example, in a context inwhich notification logic 6180 and one or more interfaces describedherein iteratively perform operation 11790. Alternatively oradditionally, one or more attributes of the decision(s) 6133 and/orregimen(s) 6134 may, in some variants, be implemented after receiving anapproval 6103 or similar decision indicator via the user interface (froma subject and/or caregiver, e.g.).

Operation 11998 describes communicating the flow-change-indicativemeasurement to a remote user (e.g. module 6538 of notification logic6540 transmitting one or more notifications 6544 to one or more remoteclient systems as a result of one or more comparators 6521 signaling theviolation of one or more evaluation criteria 6523). This can occur, forexample, in a context in which server system 6490 implements interface6500. In some variants, for example, a nurses' station or otheraggregation destination 6402 is configured to receive remotenotifications of patient blood flow changes such as those describedbelow with reference to FIG. 66. Alternatively or additionally,notifications can be sent to off-site caregivers and/or emergency healthprofessionals to trigger appropriate telephonic or other follow-up.

Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the foregoing specificexemplary processes and/or devices and/or technologies arerepresentative of more general processes and/or devices and/ortechnologies taught elsewhere herein, such as in the claims filedherewith and/or elsewhere in the present application.

In light of teachings herein, and referring again to FIG. 45, thoseskilled in the art will recognize that any of these systems may includea variant in which receiver 4546 obtains a priori implant information byreceiving configuration information to describe or otherwise accommodatea lower module 4590 that has been or will be implanted. This can occur,for example, in a context in which one or more instances of upper module4550 is (or will be) well situated to administer one or more lyticmaterials or other therapies that may be needed at one or more instancesof lower module 4590. Alternatively or additionally, the a prioriimplant information may include implant status, material reservoirstatus, or other such indications of modules as described herein.

Any of the above-described embodiments can likewise comprise a variantin which interface logic 4540 invokes circuitry for performing operation11380 (of FIG. 113) such as one or more modules 4513 of dispensing logic4515 operable for activating one or more dispensers 4518, 4519 when anapparent clot is detected. This can occur, for example, in a context inwhich the a priori implant information is embedded in circuitry or otherstructure of such dispensing logic 4515.

Any of the above-described embodiments can likewise comprise a variantin which timing module 4552 or another module 4551 of response logic4555 performs operation 10910 by responding to a signal from sensor 4510or some other indication that a lytic material will apparently bepresent in or near section 4530 of lumen 4595. This can occur, forexample, in a context in which response logic 4555 receives anotification that dispenser 4519 has been activated. Alternatively oradditionally, such indications may be received from one or more sensors4510 operable for detecting the lytic material directly or by detectingother such conditions as described herein. Alternatively oradditionally, any of these modules or other components may likewiseinclude a delay or other timing module 4552 responsive to at least oneof the one or more dispensation components. Alternatively oradditionally, any of these modules or other components may likewiseinclude one or more semi-permeable membranes 4581.

Referring again to FIGS. 108-116, those skilled in the art willrecognize that any of the herein-described modules or other componentsmay likewise include one or more thrombolytic-agent-containingdispensers 11228 and/or may include one or more (artificial) disposalvessels 10870 and/or other features described herein. Referring again toFIG. 28, for example, those skilled in the art will recognize that anysuch components may likewise include one or more disposals 2888,optionally transluminal ones like disposal 2889 in which one or moreconduits 2886 are configured to bear a blood-containing material into abody lumen. Any may likewise include one or more radiotherapy treatmentmodules or other such therapeutic structures 2842.

Referring again to FIG. 46, alternatively or additionally, any of thesemodules or systems herein may likewise include an implantable,dispenser-containing valve 4610. Any may likewise include one or moreinstances of wireless communication modules 4644 for sending data to orreceiving data from an outside network or other entity. Any may likewiseinclude one or more optical sensors 4675, auditory sensors 4676,pressure sensors, pressure-limiting valves, strain gauges, or other suchflow-force-responsive elements 4678. Alternatively or additionally, anyof these extraction modules or other material movement components maylikewise comprise a lower-than-ambient pressure, at least initially.Alternatively or additionally, any of the above-described modules orother components may (optionally) include one or moreimplant-site-targeting dispensers, positioned for dispensing (a) abovean implant of interest or (b) from an upstream or intermediate portionof the implant of interest.

Some or all of the embodiments described herein may generally comprisetechnologies for handling one or more bioactive agents and/or carriersin releasable module form, via a liquid-bearing conduit, in a mist orother spray form, in a pumped or other pressurized form, or otherwiseaccording to technologies described herein. In a general sense, thoseskilled in the art will recognize that the various aspects describedherein which can be implemented, individually and/or collectively, by awide range of hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereofcan be viewed as being composed of various types of “electricalcircuitry.” Consequently, as used herein “electrical circuitry”includes, but is not limited to, electrical circuitry having at leastone discrete electrical circuit, electrical circuitry having at leastone integrated circuit, electrical circuitry having at least oneapplication specific integrated circuit, electrical circuitry forming ageneral purpose computing device configured by a computer program (e.g.,a general purpose computer configured by a computer program which atleast partially carries out processes and/or devices described herein,or a microprocessor configured by a computer program which at leastpartially carries out processes and/or devices described herein),electrical circuitry forming a memory device (e.g., forms of randomaccess memory), and/or electrical circuitry forming a communicationsdevice (e.g., a modem, communications switch, or optical-electricalequipment). Those having skill in the art will recognize that thesubject matter described herein may be implemented in an analog ordigital fashion or some combination thereof.

The foregoing detailed description has set forth various embodiments ofthe devices and/or processes via the use of block diagrams, flowcharts,and/or examples. Insofar as such block diagrams, flowcharts, and/orexamples contain one or more functions and/or operations, it will beunderstood by those within the art that each function and/or operationwithin such block diagrams, flowcharts, or examples can be implemented,individually and/or collectively, by a wide range of hardware, software,firmware, or virtually any combination thereof. In one embodiment,several portions of the subject matter described herein may beimplemented via Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), FieldProgrammable Gate Arrays (FPGAs), digital signal processors (DSPs), orother integrated formats. However, those skilled in the art willrecognize that some aspects of the embodiments disclosed herein, inwhole or in part, can be equivalently implemented in integratedcircuits, as one or more computer programs running on one or morecomputers (e.g., as one or more programs running on one or more computersystems), as one or more programs running on one or more processors(e.g., as one or more programs running on one or more microprocessors),as firmware, or as virtually any combination thereof, and that designingthe circuitry and/or writing the code for the software and or firmwarewould be well within the skill of one of skill in the art in light ofthis disclosure. In addition, those skilled in the art will appreciatethat the mechanisms of the subject matter described herein are capableof being distributed as a program product in a variety of forms, andthat an illustrative embodiment of the subject matter described hereinapplies regardless of the particular type of signal bearing medium usedto actually carry out the distribution. Examples of a signal bearingmedium include, but are not limited to, the following: a recordable typemedium such as a floppy disk, a hard disk drive, a Compact Disc (CD), aDigital Video Disk (DVD), a digital tape, a computer memory, etc.; and atransmission type medium such as a digital and/or an analogcommunication medium (e.g., a fiber optic cable, a waveguide, a wiredcommunications link, a wireless communication link (e.g., transmitter,receiver, transmission logic, reception logic, etc.), etc.).

All of the above-mentioned U.S. patents, U.S. patent applicationpublications, U.S. patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patentapplications and non-patent publications referred to in thisspecification and/or listed in any Application Data Sheet, areincorporated herein by reference, to the extent not inconsistentherewith.

One skilled in the art will recognize that the herein describedcomponents (e.g., operations), devices, objects, and the discussionaccompanying them are used as examples for the sake of conceptualclarity and that various configuration modifications are contemplated.Consequently, as used herein, the specific exemplars set forth and theaccompanying discussion are intended to be representative of their moregeneral classes. In general, use of any specific exemplar is intended tobe representative of its class, and the non-inclusion of specificcomponents (e.g., operations), devices, and objects should not be takenlimiting.

With respect to the use of substantially any plural and/or singularterms herein, those having skill in the art can translate from theplural to the singular and/or from the singular to the plural as isappropriate to the context and/or application. The varioussingular/plural permutations are not expressly set forth herein for sakeof clarity.

The herein described subject matter sometimes illustrates differentcomponents contained within, or connected with, different othercomponents. It is to be understood that such depicted architectures aremerely exemplary, and that in fact many other architectures may beimplemented which achieve the same functionality. In a conceptual sense,any arrangement of components to achieve the same functionality iseffectively “associated” such that the desired functionality isachieved. Hence, any two components herein combined to achieve aparticular functionality can be seen as “associated with” each othersuch that the desired functionality is achieved, irrespective ofarchitectures or intermedial components. Likewise, any two components soassociated can also be viewed as being “operably connected”, or“operably coupled,” to each other to achieve the desired functionality,and any two components capable of being so associated can also be viewedas being “operably couplable,” to each other to achieve the desiredfunctionality. Specific examples of operably couplable include but arenot limited to physically mateable and/or physically interactingcomponents, and/or wirelessly interactable, and/or wirelesslyinteracting components, and/or logically interacting, and/or logicallyinteractable components.

In some instances, one or more components may be referred to herein as“configured to,” “configurable to,” “operable/operative to,”“adapted/adaptable,” “able to,” “conformable/conformed to,” etc. Thoseskilled in the art will recognize that “configured to” can generallyencompass active-state components and/or inactive-state componentsand/or standby-state components, unless context requires otherwise.

While particular aspects of the present subject matter described hereinhave been shown and described, it will be apparent to those skilled inthe art that, based upon the teachings herein, changes and modificationsmay be made without departing from the subject matter described hereinand its broader aspects and, therefore, the appended claims are toencompass within their scope all such changes and modifications as arewithin the true spirit and scope of the subject matter described herein.It will be understood by those within the art that, in general, termsused herein, and especially in the appended claims (e.g., bodies of theappended claims) are generally intended as “open” terms (e.g., the term“including” should be interpreted as “including but not limited to,” theterm “having” should be interpreted as “having at least,” the term“includes” should be interpreted as “includes but is not limited to,”etc.). It will be further understood by those within the art that if aspecific number of an introduced claim recitation is intended, such anintent will be explicitly recited in the claim, and in the absence ofsuch recitation no such intent is present. For example, as an aid tounderstanding, the following appended claims may contain usage of theintroductory phrases “at least one” and “one or more” to introduce claimrecitations. However, the use of such phrases should not be construed toimply that the introduction of a claim recitation by the indefinitearticles “a” or “an” limits any particular claim containing suchintroduced claim recitation to claims containing only one suchrecitation, even when the same claim includes the introductory phrases“one or more” or “at least one” and indefinite articles such as “a” or“an” (e.g., “a” and/or “an” should typically be interpreted to mean “atleast one” or “one or more”); the same holds true for the use ofdefinite articles used to introduce claim recitations. In addition, evenif a specific number of an introduced claim recitation is explicitlyrecited, those skilled in the art will recognize that such recitationshould typically be interpreted to mean at least the recited number(e.g., the bare recitation of “two recitations,” without othermodifiers, typically means at least two recitations, or two or morerecitations). Furthermore, in those instances where a conventionanalogous to “at least one of A, B, and C, etc.” is used, in generalsuch a construction is intended in the sense one having skill in the artwould understand the convention (e.g., “a system having at least one ofA, B, and C” would include but not be limited to systems that have Aalone, B alone, C alone, A and B together, A and C together, B and Ctogether, and/or A, B, and C together, etc.). In those instances where aconvention analogous to “at least one of A, B, or C, etc.” is used, ingeneral such a construction is intended in the sense one having skill inthe art would understand the convention (e.g., “a system having at leastone of A, B, or C” would include but not be limited to systems that haveA alone, B alone, C alone, A and B together, A and C together, B and Ctogether, and/or A, B, and C together, etc.). It will be furtherunderstood by those within the art that typically a disjunctive wordand/or phrase presenting two or more alternative terms, whether in thedescription, claims, or drawings, should be understood to contemplatethe possibilities of including one of the terms, either of the terms, orboth terms unless context dictates otherwise. For example, the phrase “Aor B” will be typically understood to include the possibilities of “A”or “B” or “A and B.”

With respect to the appended claims, those skilled in the art willappreciate that recited operations therein may generally be performed inany order. Also, although various operational flows are presented in asequence(s), it should be understood that the various operations may beperformed in other orders than those which are illustrated, or may beperformed concurrently. Examples of such alternate orderings may includeoverlapping, interleaved, interrupted, reordered, incremental,preparatory, supplemental, simultaneous, reverse, or other variantorderings, unless context dictates otherwise. Furthermore, terms like“responsive to,” “related to,” or other past-tense adjectives aregenerally not intended to exclude such variants, unless context dictatesotherwise.

Those skilled in the art will recognize that it is common within the artto implement devices and/or processes and/or systems, and thereafter useengineering and/or other practices to integrate such implemented devicesand/or processes and/or systems into more comprehensive devices and/orprocesses and/or systems. That is, at least a portion of the devicesand/or processes and/or systems described herein can be integrated intoother devices and/or processes and/or systems via a reasonable amount ofexperimentation. Those having skill in the art will recognize thatexamples of such other devices and/or processes and/or systems mightinclude—as appropriate to context and application—all or part of devicesand/or processes and/or systems of (a) an air conveyance (e.g., anairplane, rocket, helicopter, etc.), (b) a ground conveyance (e.g., acar, truck, locomotive, tank, armored personnel carrier, etc.), (c) abuilding (e.g., a home, warehouse, office, etc.), (d) an appliance(e.g., a refrigerator, a washing machine, a dryer, etc.), (e) acommunications system (e.g., a networked system, a telephone system, aVoice over IP system, etc.), (f) a business entity (e.g., an InternetService Provider (ISP) entity such as Comcast Cable, Qwest, SouthwesternBell, etc.), or (g) a wired/wireless services entity (e.g., Sprint,Cingular, Nextel, etc.), etc.

In certain cases, use of a system or method may occur in a territoryeven if components are located outside the territory. For example, in adistributed computing context, use of a distributed computing system mayoccur in a territory even though parts of the system may be locatedoutside of the territory (e.g., relay, server, processor, signal-bearingmedium, transmitting computer, receiving computer, etc. located outsidethe territory).

A sale of a system or method may likewise occur in a territory even ifcomponents of the system or method are located and/or used outside theterritory. Further, implementation of at least part of a system forperforming a method in one territory does not preclude use of the systemin another territory.

While various aspects and embodiments have been disclosed herein, otheraspects and embodiments will be apparent to those skilled in the art.The various aspects and embodiments disclosed herein are for purposes ofillustration and are not intended to be limiting, with the true scopeand spirit being indicated by the following claims.

1. A medical or veterinary system comprising: a first artificialstructure configured to administer a therapeutic material containing atleast an artificial component via one or more capillaries of avasculature locally; and a second artificial structure configured toextract a portion of the therapeutic material out of the vasculature. 2.The medical or veterinary system of claim 1, further comprising: a thirdartificial structure, configured to support the first artificialstructure and the second artificial structure.
 3. The medical orveterinary system of claim 1, further comprising: a third artificialstructure, configured to facilitate positioning at least a distalportion of the first artificial structure in the vasculature.
 4. Themedical or veterinary system of claim 1, further comprising: anotherartificial structure, configured to implement a controlled occlusion ofa portion of the vasculature.
 5. The medical or veterinary system ofclaim 1, further comprising: circuitry for detecting a presence of thetherapeutic material.
 6. The medical or veterinary system of claim 1,further comprising: circuitry for indicating a release of thetherapeutic material.
 7. The medical or veterinary system of claim 1,further comprising: circuitry for triggering the second artificialstructure responsive to one or more physical phenomena.
 8. The medicalor veterinary system of claim 1 in which the first artificial structurecomprises: a reservoir containing a lethal amount of the artificialcomponent.
 9. The medical or veterinary system of claim 1 in which thefirst artificial structure comprises: the therapeutic material,including at least a drug.
 10. The medical or veterinary system of claim1 in which the first artificial structure comprises: the therapeuticmaterial, including at least blood and an antiaggregant.
 11. The medicalor veterinary system of claim 1 in which the first artificial structurecomprises: an antineoplastic agent dispenser.
 12. The medical orveterinary system of claim 1 in which the first artificial structurecomprises: the first structure, configured to administer the therapeuticmaterial to a vital organ via the one or more capillaries.
 13. Themedical or veterinary system of claim 1 in which the first artificialstructure comprises: a transvascular dispensation conduit configured toadminister the therapeutic material via one or more venules of thevasculature locally to the one or more capillaries of the vasculature.14. The medical or veterinary system of claim 1 in which the firstartificial structure comprises: a transvascular dispensation conduitconfigured to administer the therapeutic material via one or morearterioles of the vasculature locally to the one or more capillaries ofthe vasculature.
 15. The medical or veterinary system of claim 1 inwhich the second artificial structure comprises: a filtration membranepermeable to the portion of the therapeutic material.
 16. The medical orveterinary system of claim 1 in which the second artificial structurecomprises: an absorbent element operable to absorb the portion of thetherapeutic material.
 17. The medical or veterinary system of claim 1 inwhich the second artificial structure comprises: a transvasculardisposal conduit.
 18. The medical or veterinary system of claim 1 inwhich the second artificial structure comprises: a pump to convey theportion of the therapeutic material out of the vasculature.
 19. Themedical or veterinary system of claim 1 in which the second artificialstructure comprises: circuitry for applying one or more thresholds. 20.The medical or veterinary system of claim 1 in which the secondartificial structure comprises: one or more modules of control logicresponsive to real-time data from one or more sensors.
 21. The medicalor veterinary system of claim 1 in which the second artificial structurecomprises: an antenna operable to receive one or more operatingparameters. 22-39. (canceled)
 40. The medical or veterinary system ofclaim 1 in which the first artificial structure comprises: a reservoirconfigured to contain the artificial component, including one or more ofan antiaggregant or a lethal amount of another drug; the therapeuticmaterial, including at least blood and the artificial component; and atransvascular dispensation conduit configured to administer thetherapeutic material via one or more venules of the vasculature locallyto the one or more capillaries of the vasculature.
 41. A medical orveterinary system comprising: a first artificial structure configured toadminister a therapeutic material containing at least an artificialcomponent via one or more capillaries of a vasculature locally; a secondartificial structure configured to extract a portion of the therapeuticmaterial out of the vasculature; a third artificial structure,configured to facilitate positioning at least a distal portion of thefirst artificial structure in the vasculature; another artificialstructure, configured to implement a controlled occlusion of a portionof the vasculature; circuitry for detecting a presence of thetherapeutic material; circuitry for indicating a release of thetherapeutic material; and circuitry for triggering the second artificialstructure responsive to one or more physical phenomena.
 42. The medicalor veterinary system of claim 41 in which the first artificial structurecomprises: a reservoir configured to contain the artificial component,including one or more of an antiaggregant or a lethal amount of anotherdrug; the therapeutic material, including at least blood and theartificial component; and a transvascular dispensation conduitconfigured to administer the therapeutic material via one or morevenules of the vasculature locally to the one or more capillaries of thevasculature.